Google
Web www.n2information.com

Select a Topic

Addiction
Adsense
Adwords
Affiliate
Article
Auction
Auto_insurance
Baby
Bankruptcy
Bathroom
Blog
Business
Children
Cooking
Credit
Dating
Decorating
Depression
Diabetes
Diet
Dog
Dog_training
Domain
Dvd_reviews
Ebay
Email_marketing
Fishing
Foot
Furniture
Garden
Golf
Guitar
Hair
Health
History
Home
Home_business
Home_mortgage
Home_refinance
Home_schooling
How_to
Insurance
Internet_marketing
Investing
Ipod
Job
Kitchen
Learning
Legal
Make_money
Marketing
Marriage
Massage
Maternity
Menopause
Mortgage
Party_planning
Photography
Real_estate
Refinance
Remodeling
Retirement
Rss
Sales
Save
Shopping
Speaking
Stocks
Success
Sudoku
Tips
Travel
Voip
Wealth
Website
Wedding
Work_at_home
Writing

speaker and receiving corresponding emotions with him. So in mes-merizing, some powerful impression must be produced to draw the attention of the subject and exclude other external influences and then the mind is prepared for further action.
All these simple experiments can be more easily performed if the subject is told what result you desire to effect; yet they can be per-formed, and I have repeatedly given them, without any knowledge of my desire having been communicated to the subject.
In the town of Skowhegan on the banks of the Kennebec, I met with a young man deaf and dumb, but was a very sensitive subject and easily operated upon in his waking moments. I requested [5:3:117] him to sit down and place his hand upon the table and count by raising his hand up and down. I then asked some one to direct me to stop him when he had made a certain number of counts naming to me the number. When he had made the particular counts I willed him to stop and he did so. I then impressed his mind with the desire to walk back and forth upon the floor, and he arose and commenced walking. A gentleman asked me to stop him when he arrived at a certain point and I exercised my power upon his mind and he stopped instantly at the very point. I then desired him to speak to me and he made a noise. I made a stronger impression upon his mind to speak louder and he made a stronger effort to talk, graduating his effort, and raising his voice or noise with my thoughts impressing him to speak louder or softer. Some one then asked him in writing if he heard me speak, and he answered “that his mind heard.” And so it is. The mind hears, sees, feels, and causes every action of the body. And impressions are conveyed directly upon the mind when the attention is given to the operator in such a manner as to shut out all other influences. And to produce these impressions and sensations when the mind of the subject is thus prepared, the operator must produce in himself the same sensation which he would communicate to the subject. The experiments last mentioned upon the deaf and dumb young man were performed without the subject knowing, by any of his outward senses, what I could design. I was behind the subject and out of his sight during the most of the ex-periments. I took every precaution in this case, as I have done repeatedly, to place the experiments upon such a basis that no one could attribute them to the [5:4:118] imagination.
 

A young lady, who was passing some time at my house during the past season, was sitting in the keeping room and I was in one of my chambers with my little daughter. I requested my daughter to go down into the keeping room and tell the young lady I wished her to give her attention to me for a few minutes, that I wished to per-form some experiments upon her.. I also requested my daughter to remain with her and see what they were. I then commenced the oper-ation of my mind to paralyze one of her limbs. In a few minutes, her foot moved out and become entirely paralyzed. I then willed her to rise and walk and she immediately obeyed, saying to my daughter, “Your father desires me to walk and it is impossible for me to resist.” I willed her to come to the chamber door, that I had some-thing to say to her. She then asked my daughter “if her father did not speak.” Upon her replying that he did not, she said “he did and wishes to tell me something.” She came to my door and asked me if I did not speak to her. I replied that I did in my mind, but not with my voice. She could not believe that she did not hear my voice. These experiments were done in the evening and my wife being ab-sent I told her that I should will her to ask my wife a question when she returned, but would not tell her what it should be. Wishing to see how far I could carry out this principle of operating upon her mind directly, I willed her to ask my wife if she had turned the cat out doors. In two hours from that time my wife came in and as she came up stairs, she enquired “if she had turned the cat out doors.”
[5:5:119]
Such experiments as I have named above and others of the same character, I have performed upon subjects in their waking state. I find, however, but few persons who are very susceptible of such im-pressions; yet I have given them before so many persons that, they, [“at l(e)ast” seemingly crossed out.—Ed.] by those who witnessed them, cannot be disputed. During my public exhibitions, I have practiced my subject, after the evening’s exhibition is nearly closed, in similar experiments. I have left him and passed into another room and requested some one to tell me which of his arms to paralyze. Having directed me, he would return to my subject and request him to give his attention to me, that I was about to perform an experi-ment upon one of his limbs, arms or legs not allowing him to know which. Soon the arm, which I was requested to affect, would become
 

paralyzed. Such experiments I have given to the public on many oc-casions. It is more difficult to influence the mind in the waking state than when mesmerized. Yet these experiments were done when he was awake.
My reader may enquire, whether such experiments are not all the influence of the imagination. We reply, that they are not imaginary, but real. The impressions received by the subject are real and not imaginary and the results are also real and not imaginary. The arm or foot does become paralyzed, and there is no imagination about it. If it were the result of an excited imagination the sequences could not be real. In the case of my subject, how could he know which arm I intended to operate upon? If he imagined, he could not produce the paralysis, and therefore no one can attribute it to imagination.
We have given our views more at length upon [5:6:120] what we consider the power of imagination in another part of this work and shall not now go into a discussion of the subject so particularly. The distinction, however, is very clear between real and imaginary ex-periments or states of mind. If I act from an impression upon my mind which I believe to be true, there is no imagination about the transaction. If I create an impression in my own mind, which I know to be from a false cause or if I receive an impression and know it to be the result of my imagination, it could not further affect me. Suppose I imagined that my arm was paralyzed. Would that state of the mind bring about the real condition which I imagined? And if to me who imagined it, it should appear real, which circumstance would only be after the continuance of the imagination, would this imaginary condition of mind appear real to an individual who might be standing by? If it were the result of my imagination, it would not appear real to a disinterested bystander. And if it should appear and really be paralyzed, and hundreds of individuals should witness the fact, I presume that these individuals would not be willing to ascribe it to the powers of imagination. Indeed, a man might imagine a thousand things, none of which would turn out to be true because there is no truth in imagination. Men often act from false causes, not however false in appearance to them. The impressions they receive, of course are real and we cannot ascribe results from such real impressions as flowing from an excited imagination. These ex-periments then, are real, flowing from real impressions which are
 

produced by causes which appear real and are so to the subject although the operator may have produced the cause without [5:7:121] a real existent object. It is then imaginary to the operator but reality to the subject.
 

BOOKLET V (CONT.)

CLAIRVOYANCE
Clairvoyance is also an excited state of the mind, which enables the subject to see objects with an independent power of sight, without the use of the bodily eyes. It also implies the capacity to see every object to which the mind’s attention is called whether present or distant. We have alluded to this state or capacity of mind in many of our experiments, but have not spoken of this power disconnected with other experiments. We recur to the subject again, to assert our belief in such a power founded on facts, which have come under our own [?] observation, and which we have been enabled to give to the public. Thought reading itself is more astounding perhaps than see-ing independent of the organ of sight. Yet in the present state of the world, men who have witnessed these phenomena, all agree, that subjects in the mesmeric state will read the thoughts of those who are in communication with them. And by some it is asserted, that this is all, which constitutes Clairvoyance. We however, rely upon facts which have not been controverted and cannot be explained on other principles, than, that the mind does possess the independent power of sight. We shall give a few examples illustrating this part of our subject and then proceed to show why so much reliance can-not be placed in the subject as is desirable while exercising this faculty. [5:8:122]
On a certain occasion, I took my subject to Brunswick, entered the College Grounds, passed into the Anatomical Cabinet and re-quested him to pass round the room and describe to me everything he saw, which arrested his attention. He commenced on the left as you pass into the room, and described many things which I knew to be there. But there was one curiosity, which he named, with the rest of which I had no recollection and I was quite confident he had
 

made a mistake. I had occasion to visit Brunswick in a few days and to satisfy my curiosity, called at the Anatomical Cabinet and found everything in precisely the same order as he had described them. The curiosity, of which I knew nothing, was there and he must have ac-tually seen it or he could not have described it. It was not embraced in my thoughts and the subject was perfectly ignorant of the exis-tence of an Anatomical Cabinet connected with Bowdoin College and had never been within thirty miles of the town.
On another occasion a friend of mine was in communication with a subject who had been excited or mesmerized and directed him to go to such a house, being occupied by a friend of his and describe to him, every particular about its external appearance. He did so and in this minute description was particular to speak of a peculiarity about that portion which was not in view of the street. After the ex-periment was over, my friend stated that he had given a [5:9:123] correct description of the house except the peculiarity of which we have spoken, and remarked that “he was mistaken in that.” About a month after this, I met this same friend and he related to me, that my subject was correct in his description of the house even to the peculiarity. He had visited the house and upon examination every thing was found to agree with the minute description given by my subject.
During the winter of 1843 I visited Wiscasset with my subject and lectured before an audience and gave experiments illustrating my theory of Mesmerism. After putting my subject into the clairvoyant state a gentleman by the name of Clark, was placed in communi-cation with him. Mr. Clark directed him to find the Bark [sic] on board of which was his son. He immediately saw the Bark, described the vessel minutely, gave a general description of the Captain, Mate and his son—asked the Capt. what time he would arrive in New York and received the answer, which he communicated to Mr. Clark in the presence of the whole audience. I left Wiscasset on the fol-lowing day and visited Bath. In a few days I returned to Wiscasset and gave further experiments. Mr. Clark was again placed in com-munication with him and directed him to find the same vessel. He did so and said she was hauling in to the wharf on dock in New York City at that [5:10:124] moment and that she arrived on such a day.
 

Upon making a calculation about the arrival of the mail it was found that the news of her arrival would reach Wiscasset on the follow-ing day. When the mail came, many persons, who had witnessed the experiment were at the post office, anxiously waiting the news and to test the truth of Clairvoyance. The news was received of the Bark’s arrival corresponding with the information communicated on the evening before by my subject. This circumstance was related in the Newspaper printed at Wiscasset at the time. On another oc-casion I placed my subject in communication with a gentleman who was an entire stranger to me and he took him to a certain bridge. My subject saw the bridge and described it very particularly. The gentleman gave up the subject and declared to the audience that the description was incorrect and he could not do anything with my sub-ject at clairvoyance. On the following day, I met the same gentle-man and he assured me that my subject was correct, according to what he had learned since last evening. That the bridge had been rebuilt since he had seen it and many material alterations made, such as my subject described. We would remark here that, many ex-periments of a similar character have been set down at the time as a partial failure, but that it was ascertained afterwards that the communicants were in the error and that the subject was correct.
[5:11: 125]
My subject was placed in communication with a lady who directed him to her father’s house, which he described with particularity, even noticing the closets and doors. And often giving a description of each member of the family, said there was an old lady sitting in the corner, with a pair of spectacles over her eyes and that she was knitting. The lady immediately wrote home and ascertained that at the time named by my subject, there was such an individual present in the room, answering to the description of my subject and that she was also knitting. While in Bangor a lady was put in communica-tion with my subject and requested him to go with her. He complied and described a certain house and the flower-garden about it—even the shape of the flower beds. While he was going on with the descrip-tion, he exclaimed at the top of his lungs, “Get out, get out.” She enquired what he saw, and he replied that there was a great dog dig-ging up one of the beds and destroying the flowers. Also asked the lady if she did not see him—that he should think she might as the
 

dog had made so large a hole. This house and garden was situated in Gardiner. The lady immediately wrote to G. and received an an-swer, that my subject was correct—that there was a dog which did actually dig into one of the beds and destroy the flowers. Some time after this I met one of the ladies of the house at Gardiner, who related to me the same facts. [5:12:126]
During a session of the District Court in this village in 1842[?] some curiosity was exhibited among many distinguished gentlemen present to witness some of my experiments. I called on Judge Al-len and found Gov. Anderson, Judge Briggles, the Rev. Mr. Hodg-sdon and others present. Several experiments were performed. The Rev. Mr. Hodgsdon being placed in communication with my sub-ject, took him to Dexter where his family were then residing. He described the house and family and said there was a small child sick, lying in the cradle. That Mrs. Hodgsdon said the child was getting better etc. Mr. Hodgsdon corrected Lucius and told him that he was mistaken about the cradle, that there was no cradle in the hours. Lu-cius replied that there was and that the child was lying in it; and he would not yield to Mr. Hodgsdon’s correction. The following day he returned to his family and found that Lucius was correct—that a cradle had been borrowed of one of his neighbors and that the child was lying in it—was getting better etc.—just as had been related by my subject.
While in the city of Boston Dr. W______ performed an experi-ment with my subject—took him to his father’s house and he described many things and said they were roasting beef in the kitchen. This was in the evening and seemed rather singular that “beef-roasting” should be going on at that time. The Dr. visited his father’s the following day, being Thanksgiving and learned that what my subject had said, was true. A gentleman in this village, who was given a little to skepticism towards Clairvoyance although he was confident of the power of thought reading, requested me to call at his office with my subject at such an hour. In the meantime he had been to his house and requested his wife to arrange something in a certain room, different from what it was then and not let him know what the change was to be. The gentleman returned to his office and the room was put in order. My subject was taken to the room and described all the particulars, which the gentleman found
 

to be correct upon his return. I took him to the room myself and he asked me if I heard, what the lady said? I enquired what it was and he replied, “she says I wish he would come, if he is coming. I wonder if he is here now.” This was found to be the conversation of the lady while in the room at the time my subject was there, directed to her mother who was also present. A lady who had been frequently thrown into the Mesmeric State by me, desired to be directed to Boston and ascertain when her son, who was residing there would be home. [5:14:127] I mesmerized her and directed her to Boston. She visited her son and asked him when he would be in Belfast. He answered her on such a day which proved to be correct. I also on another occasion took her to Boston to see her son. She said he had left in the scho[oner] Comet. I then directed her to find the Comet. She did and said it was just at that time coming out of a certain harbor, giving the name, and that she would arrive in Bel-fast on such a night, and that he would be home on the following morning after her arrival. He came according to her prediction.
These experiments are introduced to prove true clairvoyance, that the subject does actually see objects, which do not exist in the mind of the operator and of which the operator could have no knowledge—that there is something in all these facts seen indepen-dent of any other power than independent sight. Every experiment develops something, which is found to be true, and cannot be ex-plained upon the principle of thought reading. We say then that the mind is capable, of such excitement or of attaining to a state in which it may see without bodily eyes and also be present with all things at the same instant. In other words, that to the mind, indepen-dent of the body, there is no such impediment as time, space, dis-tance and materiality, but that it only requires direction—and all its inherent faculties are in operation, giving its attention to the object to which it has been directed. The eye, ear, nose, sense of touch or the tongue is nothing except as they convey in our natural state cer-tain sensations to the mind, from which a [5:15:128] peculiar state of emotions arise. The faculty of sight, hearing, taste, smell and touch exists in the mind independent of the organs by which objects are communicated to these faculties. And cut off these organs or ap-pendages, and then, mind acts direct or receives its impressions directly from external and internal objects. If then, you institute a
 

peculiar state of the mind, called mesmeric and close up the bodily eyes, the faculty of the mind does not cease to act. It is rather, in part, freeing the soul from its narrow confinement in the sphere of acquiring knowledge through the limited means of the eye, and giv-ing it a range of sight limited only by the laws of mind and not the laws of matter. It returns more like itself, when it shall have been entirely divested of man’s materiality and left free, not to roam throughout the ranges of thought, but to be existent, with all its original faculties in full display, with all the creations of the Great First Cause.
We have given experiments to show the position we have taken— experiments which we challenge the world to gainsay, and which we cannot explain by any other principles than these we have laid down as governing the mind at all times under similar circumstances. We say, conclusive proofs are given in these facts of the mind’s capac-ity to see through all space or to be present with all things in the universe and behold them, independent of the bodily eye and in-dependent of the knowledge of the operator. [5:16:129]
The question, then, arises: Will the subject at all times act and see independent of the operator and state the true condition of the ob-ject to which their attention is called? I answer, they will not, and that experiments of this character often fail. But this does not arise from the inability of the subject to see and relate the facts; but from the controlling influence of the operator over the mind of the sub-ject, which induces the subject to describe the thoughts and ideas of the individual in communication with him rather than to look to the object or scene itself and describe from actual view. It appears to be an easier task for a subject under the control of an individual to read the thoughts of his controller, about certain things, than to describe such things from actual sight.
I will relate an experiment here which I tried when I first began to magnetize. I had been out during the evening, giving some pri-vate experiments and on returning home lost my pocket handker-chief. I heard nothing from it for more than a week. I then magnetized my subject and requested him to find it. He told me where I could find it, described the individual who picked it up in the street and told where it was found. The next morning I saw an individual, answering to the description and enquired of him if he
 

had found a handkerchief and he replied that he had, told me when are where, which was precisely as my subject had told me. [5:17:130] Flushed with my success in this experiment, I adopted the rule that my subject would, under all circumstances in the mesmeric state, find anything which might be lost. My faith was unbounded with my new discovery and I began to dream of hidden treasures and mountain views, and diamonds in the desert, when lo! the very next experiment I made was a total failure! This drove me back again into the real world and I was obliged to feel along slowly and cautiously to discover the cause of my disaster. It was in part owing to the in-fluence I exercised over my subject, compelling him to read my thoughts rather than to give me the real state of things; and partly, from the condition of the subject, not having passed into the high clairvoyant state. We will give a few experiments in thought read-ing and show when we are sometimes deceived, in our experiments.
I mesmerized my subject in private and resolved to try experiments in thought reading and satisfy myself as to the power of a subject to describe the thoughts of another. I commenced by bringing be-fore my mind a house, which he immediately saw and described ac-cording to my thought. I then would imagine a cat and a dog, and my subject would answer instantly as the image was formed in my mind. I then brought before me a whole caravan, of animals of var-ious classes and sizes, commencing [5:18:1311 with a platoon of elephants, then lions, tigers, rhinoce[ros], camels, monkeys, ba-boons, etc. My subject would without hesitation describe them as they arose in thought in my mind. I would think of an army of officers and soldiers passing in review and he would relate all my thoughts. I would imagine a person coming, who was well known to my subject, and he would call him by name. And a host of such experiments were performed, which would fill a volume, all going to show with what accuracy and rapidity he would read my thoughts. In my public exhibitions I have given experiments of the same character. On one occasion, a lady requested me to place her in communication with my subject. I gave her a seat on the stage and requested my subject to go to Michigan, (where the lady said her husband was) and find the lady’s husband. He did so and gave a very minute description of the gentleman, stated how long he had been there, named his occupation and that he had written a letter
 

to his wife, and told the contents of the letter. This was done in the presence of a large audience, many of whom, were acquainted with the facts and did testify to the truth of his disclosure. The lady, I will state, did not speak while my subject was going on with his description and she and her husband were entire strangers to me and my subject. During a session of the Supreme Court in Belfast, Judge [5:19:132] Tenney presiding, there was some little excitement upon the subject of Mesmerism. Judge Tenney was anxious to witness a few experiments. I called at his room one evening, I placed my sub-ject, after I had mesmerized him, under his control. The Judge wrote on a piece of paper, folded it up and held it in his hand. He then requested my subject to go with him to a certain house and asked him, whom he saw. He exclaimed it was a little deformed man and described him, giving his height and appearance. The Judge then handed me the paper and upon it was written, that he had a brother who was deformed etc, giving a description very similar to that of my subject. R. B. Allyn, Esq., of this village, was desirous of satis-fying himself as to my subject’s power of thought reading. He named the experiment he was going to try to no one, but carefully wrote a description of a large house he was going to imagine and filed the description in his drawer, not allowing any one to know its contents. He described a sign over the door with the word “aban-doned” written upon it. He also located the house on his own premises below the village upon which there is no building. After I had placed him in communication with my subject, he put this question to him. “Will you go with me,” not stating where. He an-swered, “yes.” “Now Lucius, can you tell me what I am looking at.” He replied “a large house.” “Be particular and describe the house and the grounds around it.” Lucius immediately proceeded to give a description of [5:20:133] the house, observed the sign over the door and read off the word “abandoned,” described its loca-tion and the appearance of the lands about it. Mr. Allyn, then took from his drawer the paper containing the description of the house, corresponding precisely with that given by Lucius and even to the word “abandoned” written upon the sign.
While in the city of Boston, some young gentlemen of my ac-quaintance called on me and desired to see some private experi-ments. I complied and placed my subject, after mesmerising him,
 

in communication with several of them. One of them, however, did not succeed well in what he designed to bring before my subject. In-deed, a total failure attended every effort he made in this experi-ment. I took the young gentleman [to] one side, and requested him to relate to me what experiment he wished Lucius to perform. He complied and said he was trying to bring a gentleman by the name of Lowel of Ellsworth before his mind—that Lucius might describe him. It so happened that I was acquainted with Lowel and my sub-ject had also seen him. I returned to my subject and imagined the gentleman coming towards me in his peculiar manner of walking. Lucius, soon described him and said it was Esq. Lowel of Ellsworth. This was true thought reading, only describing my own ideas. In-dividuals have presented a box containing various articles and re-quested my subject to describe them. This he would do with accuracy—either from reading the thoughts of those who presented it, they knowing what it contained or from actually seeing the arti-cles themselves by an independent power of sight. [5:21:134]
So in almost all the experiments we have related in thought read-ing, the subject may be said to either describe the thoughts of those around him or to actually see and describe the persons and objects themselves. Where an explanation may be given in thought reading or clairvoyance, it is difficult and perhaps impossible to tell from which the subject acts. And perhaps he may be governed in part by one power and in part by the other. We think this fact will explain much of the difficulty, which attends experiments in true clairvoy-ance. Another cause of failure and which is in close connection with this part of our subject, is that a subject will often be influenced in his description and conduct by an association of ideas, which leads him astray and to talk often upon some subject entirely foreign to that which was first presented. I will give one example illustrating my ideas upon this subject, and it will correspond precisely with what I have before remarked in this work, when speaking upon the principles of association. Two individuals, come into my room and see a large book upon my table. Both observe it and thoughts arise or impressions are received which give rise to trains of thought. But each has his peculiar train, different from the other, although the same book gave rise to each train. One will be reminded of a simi-lar book, which he saw in a certain place at such a time and what
 

transpired in connection with it. The other would perhaps be reminded of something very unlike the book itself—perhaps a per-son, a country, a city, an army or almost any idea of thought [5:22:135] different from the other. So that you enquire of each about what train of thought arose upon seeing the book and they would name something entirely different. The application of this principle to mesmerized subjects is this. Subjects sometimes are in such a condition, that, upon receiving a first impression their mind is immediately led off upon such objects or transactions as are as-sociated with this first impression; and if you request them to describe the object which caused this first impression, the rapidity of thought is such, that they would be quite as likely to describe some portion of the train of thought which follows, as the object itself. On this principle, a subject might not describe either the ob-ject itself, nor read the thoughts of those around him, but describe minutely an idea of their own creation or association which follows in the train of thought first set in motion by the object to which one had called the attention of the subject. As though I beheld a book, and a train of thought commences which leads me to think of some friend, almost at the same instant, which I beheld the book. Some-one, who had called my attention to the book, would ask me to describe it, and if I should then proceed to describe my friend, about whom I was thinking by the time the question should be put instead of the book, this would be a parallel case to a mesmerized mind governed by the same principle. We have heard of men, (indeed, wit-nessed ourselves, the act), who in their natural state, reply to ques-tions without giving the correct answer, but speak of something brought to the mind, by the question, although one observing could not discover any relation between the answer given and the question put. [5:23:136]
On a certain occasion I magnetized my subject and directed him to go to such a well and measure accurately the depth of the water. He did so and told to one fourth of an inch the depth of the water. This was Independent Sight, because I did not know anything in re-lation to the well. Now if I had known how deep the water was and thought it, and the subject had described my thoughts and given the true depth, this would be Thought Reading. If, however, I had taken him to the well and he upon seeing the water or upon being reminded
 

of it, should associate with it the depth of another well he had ac-tually measured in his waking state and instead of giving the true depth, given that of the well, he measured before he was mesmer-ized, this would be an answer on the principle of association. This is another action of the mind under different circumstances.
[5:24:136]
We have, therefore, given examples, proving to a demonstration that there are such states of mind as Clairvoyant, Thought Read-ing and that arising from association. That the mind sometimes acts in one of these capacities and sometimes in another and is also governed at other times by the principle of association. Now the difficulty in a clairvoyant subject is this. The mesmerized mind is liable to be under the partial control of all these conditions at the same time and would describe an object, partly from actual indepen-dent sight, partly from thought reading and partly from association; and the result always is a total failure in all. We are not able, in this early stage of our science, to give definite rules by which we can tell how far the subject may be led astray from independent sight by these two other principles. Indeed we have no barometer by which to ascertain how much weight our own thoughts, or the associations of the subject, may have over the mesmerized mind. In the progress of future advancement, this mystery may be solved; and subjects, under proper regulations, may discover to the operator, the true ac-tion of his mind, whether it be Seeing, Thought-reading, or Associ-ation. When mesmerism has attained this height, in the march of its discoveries, a new and brighter era in the history of the world will have dawned upon humanity—the ignorance of the past will be en-tombed in the light of the future, and truth, disrobed of supersti-tion will govern paramount; the universe of immortal [?] thought.
[5:25:137]
Our remarks have thus far been confined to what we are pleased to call the development of the metaphysical mysteries of our sub-ject (Mesmerism). We have sought to select that system which ap-pears to be most consistent with the facts we have offered—that system only by which we can explain satisfactorily the wonderful phenomena of mind. We have thought our course thus far justifi-able upon the ground, that a complete knowledge of the develop-ment of Mesmerism is necessary to a good understanding of the
 

practical part of our science. We protest against a mere knowledge of results without cause. We should know rather the cause and we may then produce or prevent results. Our course has been to in-troduce such explanation as appears consistent with all the experi-ments given and as far as we had the power, to enlighten the understanding rather than to mystify what has already been too mys-terious. How far we have succeeded, an intelligent community will act as our tribunal and we shall rest satisfied with their candid de-cision. We now come to the useful and practical part of our sub-ject. It is to this part of our work we would solicit the attention of our reader. The study of the philosophy of science is entertaining and instructive; but the utility of science, is after all the great point to be attained in its advances. We shall proceed to show what con-nection mesmerism, as we understand it has with the relief of suffer-ing humanity and consequently its necessary connection with medical science. [5:26:138]
The world is full of theories and humbugs. No two men can agree precisely in any science about which there is much controversy as to the laws by which it is made up. The difficulties arising in medi-cal science, are from the uncertainties of its practice. It is not like many of the physical sciences, about which there may be uniform and constant results. Even in this enlightened age, there seem to be no settled rules of practice. Every physician of course defines his own position or rather works out the position of his brother; and then declares his system entirely opposite. The whole practice of the schools and the faculty seems to have been a continual introduction of Theories contradicting each other—each order as they rise and fall opposing all others. While diseases are the same now as in the days of Hippocrates and Galen, the remedies have been as numer-ous as sands upon the sea shore. Every physician has his own remedy for the old diseases. So far back as history runs, we trace the rise, progress and fall of theory after theory. The course of progress is often this manner. Upon the introduction of a new theory and its full adoption into practice, all preceding theories retire to the shades for a season; the novelty soon ceases to astonish and then all sects of physicians are equally successful in some cases. Soon another star appears and dazzles with his awful splendor all who have preceded him; but he too passes the meridian of glory and goes to the shades
 

of night. Then arises another more brilliant than the last, and af-ter the harvest moon of his glory, passes like his predecessors into decay.
 

BOOKLET VI

Thus it has been from the days of Esculapius to Harrison [?] and Thompson, and perhaps I should not slight Graham and Alcot, who, I must say, give a very economical system of medical practice which would not be very likely to induce the gout or dyspepsia. The different Theories of practice, however, no doubt grew out of the uncertainty of medicine. And the uncertainty of medicine was the necessary result of a want of a knowledge of those laws by which the animal economy of man is sustained. It all proceeds from the mistaken notion that medicine operates upon the organs which con-stitute the body without any reference to the impressions which it conveys to the mind. Medicine, upon the organs of the body, if it were to act upon them alone, would always produce the same results upon the same organizations. It would be a matter of certainty with the physician, that if Lobelia or Ipecac be taken into the stomach in measured quantities, proportionate effects will follow. And so of all medicines. If, on a certain occasion under certain symptoms, a certain medicine restored health, why will it not do so in all cases, when the symptoms and disease are the same? We have selected from Dr. Abercrombie such remarks as convey our ideas upon the uncertainty of medicine as practiced by physicians.
Quote from Dr. Abercrombie Part IV page 293. (copy the whole chapter). [6:2:89] [Quote missing.—Ed.]
We have, in this quotation, the whole truth so far as the uncer-tainty of medicines is concerned. But even Dr. Abercrombie, we think, has not touched the real cause of all this uncertainty except where he partly attributes it to the “mental emotions.” We hazard the assertion that all these difficulties arise from mental emotions, that whatever results follow the application of medicine are produced by the impressions which the taking and action which this medicine has, upon the organs of the body. And the same medicines do not affect different individuals in the same manner; because they, upon being taken, convey to these minds different impressions, and
 

the mind exercises a control over the body and answers to the im-pressions by a result upon the functions of the body, either good or bad. Every intelligent physician with whom I have conversed has al-ways acknowledged that mind has much to do with the taking of medicine, if good results follow—that no physician could probably do his patient much good, unless he should possess the confidence of such patient. Intelligent physicians, although they have full faith in medical remedies and believe that these, with the mental emotions of the patient are the only restoratives of health, yet do not after all consider that remedies possess such astonishing powers as is sup-posed by the quacks. I believe that there is a virtue in medicine, which, when taken by the patient, conveys impressions to the mind and that these impressions often result in the entire restoration of health. The mind of man is generally taken up with surrounding ob-jects and seldom is attracted to contemplate the body to which it is attached. [6:3:90]
If however by any attraction it should be turned upon the body, a war seems to arise between the body and mind, and the mind ap-pears to be unwilling to abide its confinement. Disease then begins to prey upon the body and continues to increase until the soul departs and leaves matter to return to its original dust. We think we have abundant proof of the power of the mind to control the health of the body. Patients are advised to travel in pleasant countries and visit watering places, to bathe in sea water and mineral water, to spend the cold seasons in milder climates, engage more in pleasan-tries of society or even do anything by which the mind may be led off from its old habits of warring with the body. But why should we enumerate particular methods of restoring the health of a patient without a dose of medicine? All these methods are medicines for the mind; they leave lasting impressions and they restore the health. So is every remedy taken into the stomach or externally applied to the body a medicine for the mind. And it is only so far effectual to the end designed as it impresses the mind. We do not then discard the use of medicines, but rather recommend them; but we protest against such use, unless he who prescribes knows the laws by which his remedy is governed.
The true design of all medicine is to lead the mind to certain results and then it, the mind, will restore the body. No matter what
 

this medicine is, if it accomplishes all the physician designs, it will effect a cure if it produces a healthy state of mind. Thus it is that very small doses, under the direction of the Homeopathic practice, effect such astonishing cures. Thus it is that so many drops of pure water, taken under the direction of a skillful physician, will restore [6:4:91] health. Thus it is that a change of scenery gives new and pleasant impressions to the mind of a patient and results in a per-fect restoration of the bodily health. We must here indulge in a pleasant anecdote, related to me by a friend of mine, the truth of which I would not dare question. He was in bad health of being troubled with the “cramp in his stomach” and the remedy was al-ways one or two of Brandwith’s pills. On one occasion he was taken very suddenly and after taking [?] the pills as usual served up in a tumbler of cold water, he drank and the next morning found him-self restored to perfect health, as usual in former attacks. He ac-cidentally looked into his tumbler and saw both of the pills, which he had supposed were drunk, in the bottom of his tumbler. He found it must have been the cold water that cured him. He was however so much pleased with the idea of his cure that the cramp never returned. A young physician of my acquaintance, who was rising rapidly in his profession, was called to attend a patient who had been for a long time under the care of an old practitioner, but was fast failing [fading?]. The old physician had given up all hopes of his patient’s recovery and finally told him, he could do him no good. At this unfavorable moment, my young friend was called. He examined the patient, ascertained what remedies had been ad-ministered etc. and found that they were just such as he should apply in such a case. Somewhat puzzled for a moment what to order, he became very grave and thoughtful. He found that the mind of the patient was such as to reject the medicine and he determined to try the venture of a new medicine. [6:5:92] He then returned to his office, filled an ounce vial of good pure water and again visited the patient, ordered ten drops to be administered at a time and repeated once in two hours. This was effectual and the patient was soon re-stored. Another physician, who is highly distinguished in his profes-sion, related the following story. Being called to visit a patient that had been under the care of several physicians but was continually growing worse, he ascertained that they had been treating the pa-
 

tient in just such a manner as he should have done under the same circumstances. The patient, however, had no confidence in their treatment and as a matter of course continued to grow worse. He examined the patient and finally placing his hand upon his side remarked that if he could produce a warm sensation there in five minutes, he could cure him. A warm sensation was felt by the pa-tient and the physician pronounced his case not dangerous, remark-ing that he had medicines which would certainly cure him. He then turned round and poured out the same kind of medicine as had been given to the patient by the other physicians and it was taken in full confidence of a restoration to health. The result was that the patient immediately recovered. We might mention a hundred such instances and then call our own experience to confirm the truth of them. But we have given these, proving that it is really the mind upon which an impression is to be made and that after all, the medicine has noth-ing to do in the matter only so far as it induces a state of feeling an-tecedent to a restoration. While the physicians have always admitted that the mind of the patient has much to do in the [6:6:93] opera-tion of medicine and the restoration of health, yet nothing is ever mentioned of the fact that “mind acts upon mind,” that the mind of the physician has something to do in bringing about such results as restore health. Here then, we trace a great portion of the difficulty in the uncertainty of medicine. The physician has not been aware of this fact and therefore proceeds upon wrong principles in administering his medicine. In this respect the quack may effect more than the intelligent physician because he has more confidence in the remedies he applies. He, however, believes the great remedy is really in the medicine and has full confidence in administering it to the patient, and impresses his mind with the restorative powers of his balsam. Perhaps the quack might not understand the com-position of his medicine, yet he knows the results and is so firm in his belief that he would almost bring about the result if the medi-cine had by mistake been omitted. The intelligent physician, know-ing the properties of his medicine and having seen much practice, does not attribute an almighty charm to his antidote and therefore manifests less confidence in his skill. His mind influences directly that of his patient and he too will place but little confidence in the medicine. The result is that the patient becomes worse. Now had the
 

physician understood or rather had he brought into his practice the great law that “mind acts upon mind,” he might have remedied the whole evil. He would then have commanded all the influence which his powerful mind could exert over the mind of his patient and thus with the powerful or gentle action of the medicine [6:7:94] directed a healthful result. In some instances, a powerful medicine taken un-der the impression of a good influence may do much and indeed in some instances entirely restore the patient. But it acts far more healthfully upon the patient when the mind is rightly directed.
This principle of making deep impressions upon patients by a medicinal or other process seems to have been well understood by Hippocrates, the great father of cures. When the plague broke out at Athens during the second year of the Peloponesian war, it ravaged the whole army and bid defiance to the remedies of the most skill-ful physicians in that ancient city. At this critical period, the great Hippocrates entered the city and applied his remedies which soon began to check its ravages. His name only could save his country-men. He caused fires to be lighted up in the streets and lanes of Athens to purify and clarify the atmosphere, introduced the warm bath to expel the infection by the surface of the skin, and to sup-port their weakness, caused them to drink the rich wines of Naxos. Thus employing external agents to impress deeply the mind with the idea of an effectual remedy. We might enumerate other instances where the great cause of success in a particular treatment of disease was similar in principle to the above; but history is full of such ex-amples and the daily observation of every student of human nature confirms its records. Every action, which results to the benefit or injury of the patient, is directed upon the mind which immediately answers the impression upon the disease of the body. Matter, in it-self, is capable of no action, except by chemical process, unless con-nected with a mind or spirituality. The health and vigor of the body depends solely upon the condition and action of the mind because the immaterial part of [6:8:951 man governs the material—matter or body connected with mind is under the immediate control of this spirituality. If, then the mind by external or internal influences has received impressions to destroy the health and vigor of the body and those impressions cannot be removed, then the body follows that state of mind and readily submits. If the mind of a patient does not feel some confidence in the restorative powers of a medicine taken,
 

there is a probable chance that it will do the patient no good. His mind counteracts the impression, usually conveyed to the minds of most patients, by a strong impression that it could do no good.
There are other reasons why medicines prove so uncertain in the practice of physicians. And perhaps the greatest evil of all we could enumerate is the course which each physician has in his own judg-ment selected to pursue [?] towards his brother competitors. It is a fact worth mentioning to those who have not witnessed it that no two physicians, who reside in our towns and villages where a direct competition is kept up, can agree to the same treatment of the same disease. If one is successful in his treatment, the other would not adopt the same course but must have his peculiar method and denounce the other. It is this constant warring with each other, this constant opposition, this unhallowed wish to rise on the ruins of a brother, this ambitious longing to put down every man of the same profession and assume the confidence, the practice and the distin-guished honor which a suffering community can bestow [that shows the scientific weakness of the profession.—Ed.]. I protest against this vile slander of your neighbor’s medicine [6:9:96] or practice, not so much for the folly exhibited in the individual physician as the enormous evil entailed upon the suffering community. While phy-sicians labor to destroy what confidence the community have been disposed to place in them, how can they individually expect to reap the advantage of a position which they have been constantly laboring to destroy? It is an old saying that “two gamesters can never agree,” but we find this principle carried out to the very letter in medical practice. The success of my neighbor is not to be endured, while I do not receive the direct emolument. Let the world perish if I alone can’t save it is the common expression of every physician. I do not intend to embrace the whole class without some reserve. There are some honorable exceptions, men in medical science whose position is above the filth and slime of enmity; it is the proud position of a great mind desirous of progress, availing himself with all the as-sistance which may flow from the smaller sources that surround him. It is a remark in sacred history that the foolish things of this world sometimes confound the wise; and the great mind is ever watchful of the fulfillment of this declaration. It embraces whatever is use-ful and true and rejects whatever is injurious and false.
We are of the opinion that this entire want of confidence in each
 

other and the medicines administered, manifest among common physicians, goes far to counteract what practical service any remedy may usually, under a proper condition of things, effect. It must be true that physicians [6:10:97] are not aware of the influence which mind exerts upon mind, results upon the body or they would desist from such violence.
We return to an expression we have before uttered, that we have full confidence in the power of certain medicines to produce health-ful results, but further assert, that the mind of the patient or phy-sician may so control this power as to produce disastrous results. We protest against this pretended ignorance of the physician upon the causes of the uncertainty of medicine. He should, or ought to, know what they result from or the great governing principle by which a failure follows. We exclaim against the daring and lawless courage of a physician who marches up, blindfold to the battle ground of disease struggling with nature, and often failing in his ef-forts to effect a reconciliation, raises a war club and strikes at ran-dom. If he luckily hits disease, the patient is restored and if not, the patient dies.
Our remarks thus far go to show that the mind has much to do with the practice of medicine and that results are from impressions conveyed to it by some process. We now proceed to illustrate by ex-periments what mesmerism has to do with diseases, and shall at the same time show the influence of mind acting upon mind.
By the action of my mind upon my patient in his waking state, I can produce the same results which flow from the taking of medi-cine. I can produce an emetic or cathartic, a dizziness or pain in the head, relieve pain in any part of the system and restore patients by acting directly upon their minds. If we succeed in giving such experi-ments and confirm the above declaration, will any one doubt the fact [6:11:98] that it is the mind which is operated upon and conveys the result to the body? We will not argue this point further, but pro-ceed to give some further remarks and the experiments.
We lay it down as a principle that all medical remedies affect the body only through the mind.
The truth of this principle is tested in an experiment which I had upon a lady of intelligence, who was placed under my care. Her health was generally bad and caused a depression of spirits. I could
 

magnetize her easily but preferred to perform my experiments in her waking moments. If she complained of pain in the head, I could relieve it. If her feet and hands were cold, I could induce a warm sensation. If her head became hot and feverish, I could induce a cool state and drive off the fever. Indeed almost any state I desired to produce, corresponding with the effect of medicine taken into the stomach, would follow. This is not a solitary case. I might enumer-ate hundreds of experiments equally wonderful and interesting, all tending directly to show that mind governs the body and, to affect the body, it must be done through the mind.
An individual who was an entire stranger to me called and said he was not a believer in Mesmerism, but would become so if I could relieve the pain under which he was then suffering from a contusion of the foot. I requested him to sit down and I would try, that I would first induce a strange feeling upon his foot and he might tell me the sensation which would follow. In about [6:12:99] five minutes he remarked that he felt a prickling sensation, as though his “foot was going to sleep.” This was what I designed to do. I then proceeded to relieve the pain and he described a cool sensation at first, which was soon followed by entire relief. He acknowledged the result and remarked ‘‘humbug or no humbug the pain is gone.”
While I was traveling with my subject in 1843, a gentleman, who had long been troubled with lameness proceeding from rheumatic influence, hobbled up stairs and entered my room. He requested me to operate upon him and do him all the good I could. I made some enquiries into his case and proceeded to relieve the pain and restore him to health. In less than one hour he was enabled to walk with greater ease (his own declaration) than for the preceding two years. He left me in good spirits and the following morning rode to a neigh-boring town and unfortunately upset his sleigh. All the violence of the old rheumatic complaint returned. Two days after I heard of his misfortune and called on him. His physician was present and writ-ing a prescription for medicines. I enquired of the Doct. after his patient who gave me no favorable account. I directed him to apply his mesmeric power and relieve the pain without prescription. He smiled and said he had made the attempt, could throw him into a sleeping state but could not relieve the pain. He gave me permission to try my power. I sat down by him and soon relieved the pain and
 

before we left he was enabled to walk about the room. The physi-cian tore up his prescription and remarked that he saw no [6:13:100] occasion for his services and we both left in company. A friend of mine took me to see an Irish gentleman who was in the last stages of consumption. Upon entering his house we could distinctly hear him breathe. My friend introduced me and related the occasion of our call. The man with much difficulty replied that nothing could help him etc. I commenced acting upon his mind. In a short time the difficulty of breathing was removed, and the man raising him-self up in bed exclaimed to my friend, “Why sir, what does this mean? My sir, I feel, I feel very much relieved!” After spending an hour with him we left. I called again the next morning and found him up and dressed and doing well. I left town that day and have not since heard of him. Dr. H.[?] took me to see one of his patients who was very low in the last stages of consumption. We found her very weak and oppressed with a difficulty of breathing. I com-menced operating upon her and removed the difficulty of breath-ing and induced a strong and healthful feeling. We left her very comfortable and she declared she was much better. Whether she recovered from her illness I have not heard. Another patient in the last stages of consumption, who was entirely given over by all the physicians, sent for me a few days since. I soon relieved much of his pain, enabled him to swallow with less difficulty and entirely threw off his fever, which had returned regularly every day previ-ous for some time. He appears now much better than when I first saw him. But it is too [6: 14:101] much to suppose that he can be re-stored from his very debilitated state to health.
I will now introduce another class of experiments. A gentleman residing out of town was seized with an affection of the head, producing severe pain. This continued for the space of two or three months but increasing in severity until he entirely lost the power of seeing and was blind. He sent for me to visit him. I did so and found him in the state I have described, suffering intensely from the pain in his head and not able to see any object around him. I commenced exercising my powers to throw him into the mesmeric state and was soon successful. I then relieved the pain of his head and proceeded to enable him to see objects around him. I placed my fingers in front of his eyes and he soon remarked that he saw them and felt an in-
 

fluence proceeding from them which was cooling. I was trying to allay the fever in that portion of the brain connected with his eyes, which was probably the influence he felt. He could tell when I was near to him or at a distance. I then roused him from his sleeping con-dition and commenced operating upon his eyes to induce the power of sight. He described the sensations produced like flakes of clouds passing before his eyes, being sometimes so dark that he could dis-tinguish no light and then followed with light. I continued my oper-ations until he was enabled to see an object I held up [6:15:103] before him, described what it was and read the figures which were printed upon it. His health was so far gone that it would have been almost a miracle to have restored him. I left him however in this con-dition and soon after heard of his death.
A young man came to me not long since who was very pale and emaciated and asked if I could help him. He was much troubled to breathe and felt a bad pain in his side. I commenced experiment-ing upon him in his waking state and in a few moments relieved his difficulty of breathing and took away the pain in his side. He is now an active and healthy young man, enabled to attend to his business. I called on a young man residing upon the Kennebec, whom I found in this condition. He had not spoken or even whispered or walked for the previous eight or nine months and could not get about only as he managed himself along in his chair. I commenced operating upon him in his waking state and in the course of one half hour I requested him to answer me. He immediately answered me and eas-ily talked. I then enabled him to walk across the floor and his neigh-bors came in and he was able to converse with them and to walk while in their presence. I left him in this condition and called the fol-lowing day. He was walking his room and when I spoke to him he answered me by a nod of his head. I told him I did not understand him. He then answered me readily and was able to talk very well. This was the condition in which I left him and have [6:16:104] no doubt but that he would have fully recovered had not other coun-teracting influences been brought to act upon him.
These influences were produced upon him by his ignorant phy-sician, who probably feeling that some glory might be detracted from his great professional distinction if the patient who had been so long under his immediate and mighty curatives, should recover
 

by so simple a process which his dull genius had not discovered. Soon after I left, I was informed that this benevolent gentleman was so kind as to inform him that I was an impostor and had only been playing upon his imagination, that he would in a few days be worse etc. Thus by every act of which this little man was capable of exer-cising, he produced an opposite impression upon his mind, destroy-ing all the good I had accomplished. So much for the kindness, benevolence and philanthropy, or if you please, the ignorance and bigotry of his physician. We have found but few such in the world and we desire, so far as our friends and ourselves are concerned, that they may be less frequent than angel’s visits. Had he possessed the common feelings of humanity, even though he could not, at that time place much confidence in so simple an operation of a stranger, yet for his friend’s sake would it not have been the part of wisdom to have suspended the counteracting influences and rather assisted the mind of his patient and friend to overcome the difficulty. We leave the matter to the patient and his neighbors to [6:17:105] say how much benefit such a physician is to mankind.
I was not long since called upon to visit an old lady who was af-flicted with the “acute rheumatism,” sometimes called. I found her in the most extreme pain. I commenced operating upon her in the waking state and soon eased the acute pains. Before I left her, she said she did not feel any pain in her limbs and she could use them without difficulty. I saw her husband the following day and he in-formed me that she slept well during the night and was fast recover-ing. I was called upon to visit an old lady whom I found in ill health and very low and gloomy in her feelings. She had given up all hope of recovering and even distributed her goods and chattels among her kinsmen. I observed that her temperament was such as to be easily wrought upon and told her I could restore her to perfect health. I operated upon her mind in the waking state and relieved all her suffering pains; but there was one difficulty, she remarked, about her, which, if it was not removed, would be the death of her. It was this. She said her liver was completely caked over and that she could feel it on her side. I examined her side and allowed her to think so, but told her I could remove that feeling and would do so. I then made an effort to regulate her feelings in this particular. She said she felt better and I left her promising to call the next day. I did so
 

and found her pretty well, but the cake upon her liver had not en-tirely dissipated. I however corrected the disease and the woman is entirely restored. [6:18:1061
The cases we have just enumerated may appear, at first view, to be nothing but imaginary diseases. This was not the fact. They were all real and all the impressions which were given by myself were real. I do not suppose that the last case was precisely what the old lady supposed, yet there was some disease or some cause which she at-tributed to a strong covering to her liver. We have endeavored to keep up a distinction between imaginary and real cases [causes?]. And we will simply state here that all the patients were really as we have described them and none of them were troubled with imagi-nary evils—that what is real cannot be imaginary, that the moment the reality commences, imagination ceases. I will give one illustra-tion. If I imagine a sharp pain in my finger and continue to keep up the imagination, the pain is not there, it exists only in my imagi-nation or rather does not exist at all. Now suppose I commence im-agining a pain in my finger and while doing it, a pain should be actually felt just when I was imagining. Would the pain really felt be real? We think it would and when this sensation exists there, im-agination ceases to act.
In the cases above the remedies resorted to are real to the subjects because they restored them. At least they are as real as the diseases and the diseases were as real as any disease with which mankind are afflicted. If then one answers that all these cases are imaginary, we reply, then everything is imaginary and nothing is real. [6:19:106]
We proceed to give other cases of a different class and which will more fully prove the distinction between the real and the imaginary.
There’s a lady residing in this country who had been lame and un-able to walk for two years. She had been under the care of physi-cians who had resorted to every medicine consistent with the case within the range of their profession. She had been three months un-der the care of the celebrated Dr. Hewit of Boston, but received no benefit but continued about the same. This was the condition in which I found her, unable to bear any weight upon her foot. We now ask, was this case real or imaginary, upon the facts as we have stated? Whatever the answer is, she and her friends, who were ena-bled to feel and see her condition, believed it real. I was lecturing
 

in town and was sent for to visit her. I complied and commenced operating upon her in her waking state. In less than one half hour she rose from her chair and walked across the room and out of her keeping room into the other, astonishing all who beheld her. She continued to walk and grow better and has now nearly recovered. This walking could not have arisen from any excitement under which she labored at the time because she continued better and her ankle and foot are nearly or quite well. Is the recovery of the lady imagi-nary? If you think it unreal we will give another! It is this. A good old farmer, residing in town, who took a trip to one of the islands in our bay, was [6:20:107] severely bitten by a dog through the wrist. His hand and arm began to perish and had already become much smaller than the other. When I saw him, which was about three months after his misfortune, a sore on the back of his hand had broken out several times or at stated intervals. I found him in a law-yer’s office stating his case to his attorney, who had commenced a suit against the owner of the dog and afterwards recovered seven hundred dollars damages. I examined his arm at that time and found it in the condition I have described. In the conversation he remarked, that, if I would restore it, he would not spare the greatest expense of which his condition in life would admit. Before I commenced operating upon him, I asked him to use it and lift up a very small pamphlet which lay on the table. This he was unable to do and he stated that he had no use of it. I then took him into an adjoining room and operated upon him in his waking state. I soon enabled him to use his hand and arm. He took up the largest volume of the law library, held it in his hand and carried it into the other room. He then took hold of the bottom of a chair, lifted it up and carried it round. He returned to his farm and began to labor using his hand and arm. In about three months his arm had assumed its natural size and appeared perfectly well. He complained only of a slight weak-ness, in twisting his wrist. I soon removed that difficulty and he is now fully restored.
Another case was a man in the country [6:21:108], who had in-jured his wrist by blasting a rock and had not been able to use it for nine months, called on me. His hand and arm had withered very much and was carried in a sling. It was also cold although in mid-summer, and he was obliged to keep it wrapped up from the air. I
 

commenced operating upon him and before I left him he was ena-bled to lift a pail of water and other things which were near us. Be-fore he left town, which was on [?] the same day, he could lift with his lame hand and arm, a weight of fifty pounds. I have not seen or heard of him since and do not know whether he recovered en-tirely. [6:22:108]
We suppose, after giving our last examples that no one will at-tribute their restoration to the imagination. We need not argue the case furthermore as to the reality of the condition of the patients we have named or the facts of their recovery. If any part of the whole transactions were real, then all were real. If any part were im-aginary, then all were imaginary. And if these cases were imaginary then we say that all diseases, all conditions of mind and matter, any thing about us and around us is imaginary and nothing has any reality.
We might state a great number of cases, similar to the above, all showing the same results and proving the same facts, all being real and not imaginary.
We have read of cases when persons have been thrown into the mesmeric state and had some of the most dangerous and, in the wak-ing state, painful surgical operation performed without manifest-ing the least pain. We do not doubt their authority. We have had only one case when an actual operation was performed of the above class. A lady residing about ten miles from Belfast came to our vil-lage to have a polypus extracted from her nose by one of our sur-geons. She called on Dr. N. [?] at his office and requested him to send for me to throw her into the mesmeric state. He was no believer in mesmerism and at first refused; but the lady would not [6:23:109] consent to the operation until I was sent for. I found her in the Dr.’s office and in ten minutes threw her into the mesmeric state and re-quested the Dr. to commence. He performed the operation and she did not even move a single muscle during the whole time and gave no appearance of pain. While the operation was being performed, the blood was observed by some one standing by to run into her mouth and I was requested to induce her to spit. I did so and she answered by spitting out the blood. This experiment took place in the presence of some four or five individuals and it was at that time noticed in the public prints.
 

When she awoke, she was not conscious of having suffered any pain.

INSANITY
We now proceed to another state of mind, called by philosophers, Insanity. The power of reason, that is the faculty by which we com-pare facts with each other and mental expressions with external things, is said to be lost in Insanity. In this state of mind, the sub-ject appears to be under the complete control of some strong and irresistible impression or train of successive impressions, real to him and which he cannot repulse with a comparison with external ob-jects. Like a subject in the dreaming or mesmeric state, he is not able to discover what impressions flow from false causes and distinguish them [6:24:110] from those which flow from real causes. The sub-ject himself acts precisely as every man would under the same real impressions. Then mind is governed and controlled by the same laws in this state as in the natural or dreaming state. It acts from real im-pressions under a full belief of the real causes of such impressions. This state is no doubt induced by some powerful impression upon the mind which cannot be removed by slight impressions produced upon the mind from common and every day objects. If this state is removed at all, it must be done by inducing some counteracting im-pression, which will lead the mind into a different channel of thought. This state of mind often exhibits in the individual more acuteness and intelligence in almost every subject than when in its natural condition. He will reason correctly although from unsound data and return answers justifying his conduct, which would display a thoughtful and premeditating mind. We have read numerous in-stances of individuals whose conduct has been most unreasonable, yet could justify their acts by giving inducements to such conduct, based upon reasonable grounds. Dr. Abercrombie relates the case of a clergyman in Scotland, who having displayed many ex-travagances of conduct, was brought before a jury to be declared incapable of managing his own affairs and placed under the care of trustees. Among the extravagant exhibitions of conduct was that he [6:25:111] had burnt his library. When the jury requested him to give an account of this part of his conduct, he replied in the following terms. “In the early part of my life, I had imbibed a liking for a most unprofitable study, namely controversial divinity. On reviewing my
 

library, I found a great part of it to consist of books of this distinc-tion. I was so anxious that my family should not be led to follow the same pursuit that I determined to burn the whole.” He gave an-swers to other charges brought against him justifying his conduct and the jury did not find sufficient grounds for guarding him with trustees; but in the course of two weeks, he [was] in a state of decided mania! Individuals while in this excited state, when some leading impression has control, have really believed themselves to be some great actor in the world, an emperor or a king and supposed all the fair [far?] fields about them and all the inhabitants who live within their state or nation are subject to their control. Others have descended in the scale of their existence and supposed themselves beasts of burden, or mere things. These are all real to the subject. He feels himself just as he believes. This is sometimes called a de-ranged state of mind. It is, however, a disease, as much so as any condition of man. For we contend that disease is nothing only as it conveys impressions to the mind. That if one should cut his finger and no sensation should be conveyed through the sense of touch to the mind, it would not give pain to the subject. This position we know by experiments [6:26:112] upon individuals both in their wak-ing and mesmeric state.
Insanity, Monomania, Hallucination are all diseases, and reme-dies may be administered to counteract them. The treatment of the subject, while insane, has much to do with his recovery. For the benefit of this class of individuals, hospitals are erected at the public expense, where the best remedies can be administered. This disease among physiciansis not usually attributed to flow from the same sources as what they term those of the body and therefore they do not resort to the same remedies. Physicians generally call Insanity a disease of the mind while fever and other similar states are diseases of the body. I maintain that all diseases are only known to exist as they affect the mind of the patient, that is, there would be no dis-ease which could affect an individual provided it could not make a sensation upon his mind. If he did not feel sick, he would not prob-ably be sick. In cases of scrofula and what is sometimes termed King’s evil, diseases said to be incurable, the power of the Seventh Son to cure them is an effect upon the mind, being conclusive evi-dence that some strong impression induced the disease. And the be-lief of the patient and that also of the seventh son, acting in concert
 

to produce a counteracting impression, would destroy the old first cause which brought about this diseased state and nature then re-stores herself. We do not believe that the seventh son has any more virtue to heal patients than any individual; nor do we think the fact of his [6:27:113] passing his hand over the diseased portion of the body could affect anything towards counteracting the first impres-sion, only so far as an external motion may assist to more strongly impress the mind. It is simply the process of mind acting upon and in correspondence with mind. I will introduce an experiment here which goes to show something in proof of what we are explaining. An individual fell from his horse and dislocated his elbow. The sur-geon set it and his arm was, when I first saw it, badly swollen and very painful. I commenced operating upon it and in a short time reduced the swelling so that the bandages were very loose and all the pain subsided. He was then enabled to lift up a chair without any pain, but before could not lift a pound nor even use his fingers. Some one may enquire whether the dislocation of the elbow was a disease of the mind? We answer, it was, that is, all the pain which was the result of the falling from the horse was in the mind, being the only part of man susceptible of sensation, that the mere blow or contusion would not produce any pain unless there was a mind which could feel the blow, because matter is not supposed to have the power of sensation. We might bring many facts, as we trust we have in the former part of this work, to show where the disease is to be remedied and where of course it must flow from to affect the person or when an impression is produced from which follows all the phenomena of disease both of body and mind. But we allude to the subject here to illustrate our ideas upon Insanity. And by the results we have effected upon diseases by operating upon mind, we think the argument is conclusive that all diseases, including insanity, flow from the impressions upon the mind as their first cause.
 

BOOKLET VII

[7:1:82] The treatment of insane persons therefore should cor-respond with the great principle of mind acting upon mind and of impressions counteracting impressions.
We give the following experiments illustrating the power of mind over mind in cases of Insanity.
 

I was called upon about two years since to visit an insane man who had been chained to prevent him from extravagant conduct but who had by some means gotten loose and was raving about his premises, to the danger of his own family and his neighbors. I found him in the wildest state of insanity. I approached him in company with another individual. When he saw us coming, he advanced towards us with a ten foot pole. My friend could not proceed and I was left alone to meet him. I advanced keeping my eye steadily fixed upon him. He held his pole and advanced until we came within ten feet of each other. He then suddenly stopped and told me not to advance another step. I continued however to walk towards him and as I came up he threw down his pole and looking me in the eye asked what I wanted. I requested him to go into the house. He followed me in and became obedient to my commands as a child. I performed several experiments upon him showing how easily I could control him. When any of his family came near, he would commence rav-ing but upon my requesting him to be quiet, he readily complied. I ordered him to dress himself [7:2:83] and upon clothing being handed to him, he complied. He would [come] up to me and look at my form and enquire how much I weighed. I asked him to guess. He thought two hundred and fifty pounds. I allowed him to think so, although my real weight was about one-hundred and forty. I was enabled to control him while I was present without touching him at all. Another case of a man who had become ravingly insane and was imprisoned in the County Jail. He would allow nothing in his cell and allow no one to enter. He kept up a constant hollering so as to be heard all over the village. The keeper of the prison decided that something must be done. My situation was such that I had occasion to see him. I took another man with me and going to the door of the cell requested him to remain out side and not allow him to know that he was near. I opened the cell door, holding in my hand a green hide and a rope. He ordered me not to approach him, holding in his hand a stone which he had dug out of some part of his cell. I stood and looked at him about five minutes. He began to step back and I entered. I then ordered him to come to me and get down on his knees. He obeyed instantly and I then thought I would try an experiment. I told him I would not whip or tie him then, but if he ever made any more noise or destroyed his bedding or anything which might be handed him, I would certainly [7:3:841 kill him, at
 

the same time showing my intention in my countenance. He seemed to be very much agitated and frightened. I produced so strong an impression upon his mind that he was perfectly quiet and became more rational. In the course of three weeks, he left the prison and returned home perfectly sane. He has been sane ever since. Thus the power of impressions over the mind to produce or counteract dis-ease must be acknowledged. And the action of mind upon mind must be conceded. It is, in Insanity as in other diseases, necessary to make an impression more powerful than that which preceded this diseased state and thus lead or drive the mind into a new channel of thought. So in diseases of every class an impression counteract-ing that which induced the disease must be made and nature will restore herself. This impression may be made by administering powerful medicine or it may be done upon some patients by the mind of an operator acting upon the mind of the patient.
It might be a question in regard to all the experiments we have presented in this volume whether it is really the strong intellectual power of a mind which may gain the ascendancy over another, and hold it in complete submission as in the case of our two last experi-ments. We answer that we do not think it is great intellectual power, but the capacity or power of arresting the attention and producing a strong impression. And this faculty may [7:4:85] be cultivated and enlarge its power to produce impressions and arrest the attention of mind to the exclusion of surrounding influences. We have mentioned the fact in another page that the idea of magnetizing or mesmeriz-ing only those persons who are dull and enjoy poor health and weak minds is exploded. The more intelligent the mind, if the attention can be fixed and drawn away from surrounding influences, the more certain you are of producing the excited or mesmeric state in the highest degree. A bright, intelligent and thoughtful person enjoy-ing good health always makes the best subject.
We do not therefore claim a more powerful intellect by which we can produce such results upon mind, but attribute it to a natural and cultivated power in this capacity which I am enabled to exercise and produce such experiments as are called mesmeric, magnetic, etc. The fact that the community have always laid it down as a general prin-ciple that only a more powerful mind can operate upon and control a weaker has retarded the progress of this branch of intellectual
 

philosophy. The idea, no doubt, arose from some self-conceited per-sonage, or perhaps a numerous class of those who were public mag-netizers, desirous of claiming all the intellect which is really worth having. It is a fact we are compelled to acknowledge that some of my predecessors in this branch of science seem to have possessed no other intellectual faculty than that of mesmerizing; and the conse-quence was that they would be desirous [7:5:86] of instructing the world to believe that the power they exercise is indeed that of a great mind and to be surpassed by no other power. All we have to remark upon this class of philosophers is that whatever discoveries and ad-vances they have made in the progress of human knowledge should be thankfully received. And the follies and egotisms which have been interwoven with their progress should be rejected, as the consoling food for the vanity and self esteem of its projectors. No man would be justified in rejecting the whole Copernican System because some wandering genius, desirous of making himself greater than the rest, should have advanced the idea and proceeded to prove it, that the earth is spherical and turns on its axis every twenty four hours and is kept in motion on the principle of a great wheel in a treadmill by the constant tramping of an enormous Mammoth upon the equa-tor. “Retain the good and reject the evil.” Then will science ad-vance. [7:6:87]
We now enter upon another branch of our subject by which a so-lution of the mysteries of past ages is given. We refer to the mys-tery and responses of the Ancient Apollo, the Egyptian Magi, the Black Art, Witchcraft, trances, catalepsy etc.
Apolonius of Tyana, Emanuel Swedenborg, Mahomet and others had the power of inducing this state of the mind upon themselves. This is a further and conclusive proof against a fluid theory.
We copy the following from Dr. Collyer’s pamphlet upon Psychography.
   The Domain of P. P. Quimby
Emma Ware
 

[Among the earlier patients and students of Quimby in Portland were the Misses Ware (Emma and Sarah), daughters of Judge Ashur Ware of the U.S. Court. It was they who suggested to him that he write out his ideas so that people could study them. The Misses Ware and George Quimby copied, corrected and recopied the writings. This fragment from Emma’s hand is from the Family Collection. I have given it a title. It shows Emma’s keen understanding of Quimby’s thought and practice.—Ed.I

Dr. Quimby’s writings abound in statements made in direct con-tradiction to facts which we all know to be true.
If not placed in the right light by some one who sees and partially understands the truth he teaches, they will so shock the reader by their gross absurdity that he will cast them by as wanting in veracity and reason. The doctor writes upon disease, its cause and its cure. He stands upon ground never before occupied by any man who has ever treated on this subject, hence he is alone and has the world against him, but in all he says, he always retains the ground and this ought [to be] frequently before the reader for otherwise he will be confused and read the statements as though they were made by a man standing with the world and accordingly they will sound un-reasonable and absurd.
Dr. Quimby says that man is a being of intelligence made in the image of God and progressing in wisdom. This is what all admit in one sense, but here is where he differs from all men who ac-knowledge this belief. He carries it out in his treatment of the sick. With him the body is not sick, it is the man who is in trouble, and the man is an intellectual creature, capable of providing for his own health and happiness.
His arguments and his reasoning are all addressed to this man and the principle of his treatment is, to show him the error by which he
 

has been defrauded of the knowledge and the power of providing for his health and happiness. In doing this he comes in mortal con-flict with another man whom the world has made, one who believes he is the result of organized matter and that he is born to disease and death. He is well known in society, popular, educated and re-ligious. With him the doctor is in open conflict on every question relating to his health and happiness, and the cure of the patient comes from the contest with this man whom society has made, in which the doctor is victorious. If he is conquered, then he loses the case. This accounts for the discussions he frequently holds with his patients when he takes a ground the sick have never heard argued and which seem full of fanciful whims and absurd inconsistencies:
It also accounts for the feeling of opposition amounting to repug-nance which many of his patients experience when he touches their personal feelings on religion or in the matter of disease. A few words of explanation of this feeling, other[wise] the construction put upon his words would make him an unwise man. As I said, he comes to the man of error, not to appease and conciliate, but to conquer and destroy him and reinstate the man of intelligence in his professions. Therefore he stands to the sick as the Union Army stands to the South, determined to kill secession and restore the Union, and he fights on the same principle to destroy the disease and save the man. The battle must be a hard one and the conflict hot.
Leaving the facts of disease and standing on the ground that man is an intelligence and the body is only the shadow, he travels through a domain that has been given up to mystery and brings health and deliverance to the sick. The relation of the substance to the shadow and the connection between the mind and body have never been de-termined by the wisest. In the matter of disease he contends that he has solved this problem. He affirms that what he says is true and that he can prove it to the sick. He never doctors the body. There are many of course, who can see nothing but blasphemy and false-hood in his mode of procedure and such would naturally have a feel-ing of repulsion towards one whom they believed to be deceiving them. Others however who are fond of reasoning can see that what he says is no mere humbug and that he is striving to develop a truth which will emancipate the world from disease.
Another statement he makes . . . [Article ends here.—Ed.]
   Preface to the Teachings of Phineas Parkhurst Quimby
Erroll S. Collie
 

Although Dr. Quimby did not believe in the teachings of ortho-dox Christianity, he interpreted the metaphysical teachings of Je-sus in such a way as to substantiate and explain his own theory, a theory which he successfully put into practice by healing thousands of people of all manner of sickness and disease, a fact attested to by hundreds of testimonials from his patients and innumerable articles which appeared in the newspapers during his lifetime.
The spiritual world had never been investigated before as a science until Dr. Quimby did so. He reduced the Christian religion to a science which he called “The Science of Christianity,” “The Science of Christ,” “The Science of Correcting an Error,” “The Science of Health and Happiness,” etc.
Dr. Quimby said that Jesus healed by this science which he called “Christ” but his disciples as well as the people confused the man Jesus with the science which he taught and called him “Jesus Christ.” Just as we might associate the man Franklin with his dis-covery and call him “Franklin Electricity.”
Dr. Quimby also believed that he healed by this same science which Jesus taught and practiced and to him he gives all the credit for introducing it to the world. He believed this, perhaps because of certain similarities in both his and Jesus’ methods of healing, similarities such as these:
They were both clairvoyant.
They both could take the feelings of others.
They both attacked and disagreed with the beliefs and opinions of the priests and doctors.
They both healed by word of mouth and touch.
Finally, he seemed to have followed an injunction of Jesus who .said: “I am not come to destroy but to fulfill” and this I think is
  156 / PREFACE TO THE TEACHINGS
 

exactly what Dr. Quimby did. He fulfilled the teachings of Jesus without destroying the structure of his own philosophy, a philosophy which he hoped some day would be understood and acknowledged by the scientific world as a science, which would explain the cause and cure of disease and bring health and happiness to the human race. How he did this can only be learned by reading and studying all of his writings.
  Phineas Parkhurst Quimby

THE COMPLETE WRITINGS
Volume 1
   Language I

[original untitled]
 

In introducing my ideas to the world I labor under the disadvan-tage as anyone does who seeks to bring into language what has never been embodied in thought or words. In early ages, a celebrated Ro-man presented his philosophy in a poem and finding great difficulty in making himself understood he thus apologized for his language:

I know ‘tis hard to explain in Latin verse
The dark mystic notions of the Greeks,
(For I have things to say, require new words
Because the tongue is poor, the subject new)
But your virtue and the pleasure I expect
From tender friendship, makes me bear the toil.
And spend the silent night with watchful eyes
Studious of words and numbers I shall use
To open to your mind such scenes of light
Which show the hidden qualities of things unknown.

If he, who commenced with man in matter, reasoned him body and soul out of matter, dissolved him into space and finally lost him, found language inadequate to his subject, some sympathy can be had for one who has struggled day and night to rid himself of the earthly matter and rise triumphant into the world of Science whence matter is seen moving as though it contained life. Wisdom is a solid truth and truth cannot be increased or diminished. Therefore, wis-dom fills all space. Let us try to identify man in this wisdom that has no matter. A man’s wisdom contains his memory of events and his identity of himself as a man. He knows he has a body and this is not matter but wisdom. To make a man lose his knowledge that he has legs is to deprive him of his wisdom as far as his legs are con-cerned. And if his wisdom is his belief, that can be dissolved so that he cannot have any identity at all; then where is he? An answer in
 

part may be found in Job 4th Ch. where a spirit passed before the Temanite, showing the difference between the spiritual and natural man.
For a further illustration, take two rose bushes, one bearing a white rose and the other a red. Let these represent two children of different complexions. Call the rose the brain or intellect. From each child flows wisdom, as fragrance comes from the rose, and at first it is confined to the brain. The idea of an intelligence outside of the brain is a mystery. But like odors, their intellects mingle, forming a new combination in the mind and this process goes on till the in-tellect sees that it contains all the elements of the brain as the odor contains the substance of the rose. Finally, the children get to that state where they see and reason that matter dissolved contains the elements of man and here they stop. For in their reason they never count themselves but speak as though matter is the only thing that contains life. Now touch the one who reasons and ask him who it is that talks, the brain or the intelligence. If the odor or intelligence speaks, then it has language, but if there is an intelligence in the odor that speaks, then it speaks in and through the odor and makes it-self felt by the rose or brain. I will explain this by what passes while sitting by a sick person.
Every belief contains matter or ideas which throw off an odor like a rose. The white and red roses throw off their peculiar odors. The white is white to itself and the red is red to itself. In like manner, man throws off two odors: one matter and the other wisdom. As wisdom is in the odor of man, it is disturbed by the matter or mind which also has an odor that is like a polished mirror and the fear is the image of the belief. Wisdom sees the image in the mirror, held there by its fear. My wisdom disturbs the opinion. This affects the belief; this deadens the mirror till the image or disease is gone; then this is health.
I find that I am not generally understood when I say mind is mat-ter. Words are not matter but they are the names of something either matter or solid. The word solid cannot be applied to anything that can be changed. Therefore, it must be applied to wisdom because that fills all space and cannot be made larger or denser; it is in and through all matter, which is called solid. I apply the word only to wisdom. Opinions I call matter, for they can be changed. The word does not change but the substance does. All names, as I have said,
 

are to represent something. As this wisdom which fills all space is in all matter, matter seems to have life of itself. But life is in the knowledge of this change, not in the thing that changes. So when I say all disease is in the mind, I do not mean in the word, but in the substance. For instance, all the elements of the rose are in the odor; and if the word matter is applied to the rose or living bush, the odor would represent its mind or wisdom, but the wisdom that spoke the rose into existence is not a part of either; yet it holds it in all its different combinations.
The word wisdom embraces science, for that is the name of wis-dom reduced to practice. There is no science or wisdom in opinions or belief so they are embraced in the word mind, for mind embraces all that can be seen of man. I do not believe that because man has invented words to destroy himself, he is destroyed; but that being ignorant of himself he supposes he is something apart from wisdom; and that when he knows himself he will see that the very wisdom that speaks, speaks through the very mind or matter. To illustrate that the eternal principle of wisdom, which is in matter, is not a part of it, but outside of it, as much as a man’s sight is outside his spec-tacles, I once put a lady into a mesmeric state, that the doctor might extract a needle from her arm. I was seated by her. She had every sense and faculty as perfect as in her waking state, but she contained no matter except as an idea. Therefore pain was an idea and she had sympathy according to her wisdom. And being in sympathy with me, she took her arm for mine. According to her belief, to cut my arm must pain me, so she said, Does it not hurt you? I said, No, and she replied, I should think it would.
Here were two persons: one coming within my senses, as a being of mind, the other I was not aware of. This unknown person still lived with all the faculties and wisdom of herself, while the earthly body was as lifeless and unfeeling as marble. This unseen person is the real person and to deceive her is to make her grieve, not for her-self but for the man of matter. Every sensation is a disturbance of this mind and every idea is made of this matter. And matter is cons-tantly throwing off particles each of which contains the elements of the idea. Ideas are as separate as living seeds. An apple will not bring forth a pear, neither will the seed or idea of consumption produce liver complaint. But a pear may be engrafted into an apple tree and so can spinal disease be engrafted into consumption. Each disease
 

throws from itself particles which contain the elements of the origi-nal idea. This atmosphere or odor is like a mirror and the idea is in it. This is seen by the other life or identity which I call wisdom, which becomes disturbed from sympathy with the person in this odor or belief. To make my meaning plain, I must represent two men, one sick and the other in health; one, a man of opinions and the other a man of wisdom. Wisdom is not science but truth, which reduced to practice is called science. To know that you exist is a truth; to prove that you always will exist is a science, because man has not the wisdom to understand himself. It is a truth that we have a body called matter and it is a truth that we believe it will die, but it is not a truth that it will live again, for this is merely an opinion and must admit a doubt. Wisdom does not admit a doubt, and whether we are of wisdom or of matter is the problem to solve. Here is where man had arrived at the time that Jesus came before the world. Philosophy had reasoned and proved that all which consti-tute man must change and therefore must be matter. But the reli-gious community believed that this matter was reunited at the end of the world and took its identity.

November 1862
 
 
 
 
 

On Spiritual Medium of Communication
from the Spirit World
 

B Infidel
S Spiritualist
A Quimby or teacher

Is there a proof of any communication from the spirit world? This question involves two ideas: first, what is spiritual knowledge, and
  VOLUME 1 / 163
 

second, is all knowledge, which cannot be accounted for on natural principles, [spiritual]? To the last question I will answer, “Yes.”

Question: Do you mean to say there are two spiritual states.
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Yes.
Do you believe in a spiritual state?
Yes, I believe there are two spiritual states.
Do I understand you to say there are two spiritual states?
Yes.
Can man pass into both while the body is living?
No.
Do not these communications purporting to come from the spirit world, come from it?
A Yes.
B Is there any other spiritual world that does not communicate with this?
A No.
B Where is the difference between the two?
A Between the dead and the living.
B I do not understand you.
A The spirits of the dead pass through the spiritual world that is occupied by the living, and thence into the higher state, which
is a link to connect the two together, like the animal and spiritual kingdoms .
B I do not understand your answer.
A To make you understand me it will be necessary to give you some illustration .
B Explain the difference between the two spiritual states so that I can understand where the difference lies.
A Do you admit there is such a state as is called a spiritual state after death?
B After death?
A Yes.
B Well I do not know that we have any proof of such a state.
A Well what will you admit?
B I will admit [that] one mind can act upon another mind.
A Very well, what is mind?
B It is our thoughts.
 

A Can they be seen by our natural eyes?
B No.
A Are not our thoughts spiritual?
B Well, I suppose they may be called spiritual.
A Do you admit them to be spiritual?
B Yes.
A Well then we agree on one thing, that is that our minds are spiritual .
B I said nothing about mind, I said thought.
A Are not our thoughts called mind?
B Well I will admit that our thoughts and our mind are the same.
A Well is it spiritual?
B In one sense it is, because they cannot be seen by the natural eye.
A Therefore that which cannot be seen by the natural eye and yet is, must be spiritual.
B Yes.
A Then we agree in regard to one spiritual state.
B Yes, so long as we have living bodies, but destroy the body, and where is the mind or spirit?
A This is not the question in dispute, as I understand it, the ques-tion is not whether the spiritual state ceases at death or continues after the body ceases to exist, but whether there is a spiritual state or not, this is the question. What is your answer to this question? Do you admit a first state?
B Yes I admit a spirit state.
A Well as you have admitted a spiritual state I will try to answer your question in regard to the two spiritual states . Shall I explain the first spiritual state?
B If you please.
A As there may be some difference of opinion in regard to what constitutes this state, it will be necessary to ask some questions, therefore I will ask if you believe thoughts have forms?
B I do not know as I understand your question.
A Well I will try to put it in such a form as there can be no mistake about it. Can there be an impression without something to im-press upon?
B No.
A If you think of a person, do you not form him in your mind?
 

B I think of the person and that is all.
A Is thinking an act of nothing?
B No.
A Will you please define what it is, if anything?
B I will give it up and hear your ideas of it.
A Well as you wish to have me explain my ideas, I will try to give an explanation. The trouble lies in ourselves. We admit what we do not believe, and then deny that which we profess to believe, therefore showing that we have no belief at all.
B Explain your meaning.
A The infidel admits that mind is the result of an organized brain, they also admit that thought is the reflection of the mind, now they deny that reflection is anything.
A We will let the infidel alone, and try the spiritualist, and see if his belief is founded on anything that can stand the test. I will assume the character of the spiritualist.
B You believe that our minds can pass into the spirit world and get knowledge of what the natural man has no knowledge of?
S Yes.
B Do you believe there is more than one spiritual state?
S No.
B What do you include in the state you call spiritual. Are the dead and living all together or are they separated?
S I believe that man while alive cannot pass into the state of the dead, but the spirits of the dead can come from the spirit world and enter our mortal bodies and communicate to the living about the dead.
B Have you any proof of this, and if so please give it.
S Yes we have positive proof of it.
B What is it?
S Communications through mediums. Do you deny that they are spiritual?
B No I do not deny that they are spiritual, but I deny that they come from the dead.
S Where do they come from, if not from the dead?
B They don’t come at all.
S What is it that communicates to us through these mediums, if it is not spirits?
 

B When we speak of man we speak of something independent of the soul.
S What is man?
B Man is a chemical compound of the four kingdoms, and contains in his body all the elements of the same. These elements are un-der the control of the soul, that power called God, therefore the result of reason is a chemical action, like the action of steam to machinery.
A Is man nothing but a machine?
B In one sense he is, for he is as dependent on another power to direct his act as a steam engine is to direct it[s] . Each is governed by a power independent of itself.
S Can this power be seen by man?
B No, from the fact that it does not contain any of the elements of man, and therefore is that that is, and is not, and yet is.
S What is that that cannot be seen and yet is? Please give some il-lustration so that I can understand you.
B You see yourself in the glass, can you not?
S Yes.
B Do you see that that sees you?
S No.
B Then there is something that sees, and is not seen, and yet is. Again you move your hand, is the power seen that moves it, and yet there is a power admitted, is it not so?
S Yes, but that does not prove to me that this power is indepen-dent of matter.
B Is there not a power that can move your body?
S Yes.
B Is not your body matter?
S Yes.
B Is that that is moved the same as the power that moves it?
S No.
B Then you admit a power that is, that cannot be seen, and yet is.
S Well what does this power embrace that you call soul?
B It embraces that power that directs the movement of the mind and body; it also embraces the power that directs all things.
S What has it to do with minds and thought[s]?
B A great deal, it is the power that develops all actions.
 

S What is the use of a power that makes man unhappy?
B If properly understood it makes man happy.
S I thought you said that man was nothing but a machine.
B In one sense he is, but in another he is more than a machine; he, that is his body, embraces what is called mind and spirit. His mind and spirit is the result of an action by another power called soul, which is independent of the body and uses the body to com-municate knowledge, like a lever to communicate power to move weight .
S Why is man so much troubled with disease, if he is nothing but a machine?
B I see you do not understand what man is.
S Well do you understand?
B I think so.
S Please explain man so that I can understand what he is.
B In explaining man, I wish you to distinctly understand me that I make no allusion to his bodily form, but his soul, will you remember that?
S I will try to.
B When I speak of man I speak of him in two persons, from the fact that they are exactly opposite to each other.
S I do not know what you mean by two characters in one, and yet say that they are right opposite to each other.
B I will try to make you understand what I mean. You admit such a thing as happiness?
S Yes.
B You also admit such a thing as misery?
S Yes.
B Well these are the two characters I am again to speak of.
S Well, all people admit such a thing as good and bad, and hap-piness and misery.
B I do not admit such a thing as bad of itself.
S You admit such a thing as good?
B Yes, but I do not admit bad of itself.
S Well what is it that is bad?
B Bad is the result of ignorance, of itself there is neither good nor bad.
S Explain it so I can understand.
 

B Is there anything in fire of itself either good or bad?
S Yes.
B What is it?
S Why, you can use it to make yourself comfortable.
B I admit all that. Is it conscious of being good or bad?
S No.
B Then good or bad must be the result of a power prior to it.
S Yes.
B Well you see then you admit these two powers existing in one per-son good or bad.
S Yes, and will you explain where they differ?
B They are both matter and are the result of an association. To make it clear I will elaborate on the two characters. Suppose you should see an object, and you should take it for something very very beautiful, this would be good, would it not?
S Yes.
B Suppose you should be convinced it was bad, would not your mind change from good to bad?
S Yes.
B Suppose you walked up to the object and saw it was nothing but a statue made of wood, would not the good and bad be changed or modified?
S Yes, but what does this prove?
B It proves that there is a chemical action on the body and that is governed by impressions made on the soul.
S I thought you said the soul contained all knowledge.
B So I did.
S You said there was an impression made on the soul, now if the soul knows all things, why is it disturbed?
B Error is not knowledge, neither is impression knowledge, there-fore when an impression is made on the soul, it is made through the body, this disturbs the fluids of the body and these fluids con-tain all the elements that make up reason etc.
S Do you say the fluids of the body contain intelligence?
B A sort of animal intelligence, which is necesssary to keep up a chemical action to develop the laws of the soul or God.
S I do not know as I understand your reasoning: why the soul should be disturbed, if it has information of all knowledge?
 

B The soul is not disturbed of itself, but the body is disturbed by impressions, and this produces a sort of chemical action. This ac-tion decomposes the nervous system and brings a portion of it into a fluid state, which is under the control of this inferior in-tellect; this creates objects and all sorts of beings that fancy can imagine.
S Will you illustrate this idea, so that I can understand it more clearly?
B I will try to. Suppose a person living in the country, happy and at ease and to all appearances well. Now his nervous system would be quiet, and everything goes on well and he is happy; this would be called good, would it not?
S Yes.
B Well, suppose a person should come from town and call on this person, and ask him how he is enjoying himself and he would first say, “I am perfectly happy” and the man should look very knowingly at him and reply, “Men sometimes feel the best when they are in the greatest danger.” Would this not be likely to give the man a sort of shock?
S Yes.
B Well then the disturbed man received the first shock to his sys-tem and it shows itself in his mind just in that degree that the sys-tem is disturbed. The disturber then goes on to relate all the evil stories his mind can invent. The disturbed man keeps up this chemical action under these impressions till he is able to create anything that his fancy can imagine. His system changes; his identity also changes, and he becomes a most wretched being. Now this would be called bad, would it not?
S Yes.
A Well are these impressions a part of the man’s feelings or are they something which was independent of the man?
 
 

Copperheads Caught in Their Own Trap
 

The trap set by the Copperheads [was tol . defeat the administra-tion, and for that purpose they invented all sorts of plans to em-barass the administration. They opposed the war as unjust and cruel and used all their efforts to embarass the government in raising troops, saying it was a Nigger war and let them fight it out, and by trying to prevent men from enlisting. Yet some of the Democrats would not heed the warning, so when the people appeared to cry aloud to those that would enlist, they used all their efforts to stop their men from going.
At last when the cities and towns voted to pay the soldiers for go-ing they opposed that and said it was not legal and they would not pay their taxes. So they threw every obstacle in the way they could to prevent the government from getting men.
They would not take any interest in the welfare of the poor sick soldiers, would not subscribe anything, nor go themselves. In all this there was no law to compel them and they expected to have their property protected and get rid of all the burdens that they could. So when the government saw the drift of these copperheads, they saw that the burden was on the administration. So to remove this burden or make it fair and equal, they passed the conscription act.
Now this act worked like all traps and caught them in their own trap for this brought them up all standing. At first they bounded and surged and tried to get clear, but the more they tried the tighter the bands held. Seeing that the draft must come, the next thing was to prevent the men from going, so a plan was set on foot to let the towns vote to pay them three hundred dollars for a substitute. This is all the government wanted, for they could get men everywhere for that; thus they have been caught in their own trap. So now if the towns have to pay, they will have to be taxed, so they have but one more loophole; that is this: there is no law to collect this tax if the people refuse to pay, and in this case there must be a law passed. So they expect the Republican Party will take the loans and they
 

would say to their Copperhead brothers, This money was raised by the Black Republicans and if you will vote for me I will oppose ev-ery law that will make you liable and they will repudiate this debt. So one ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure. All vote for the money to be raised but let the capitalist assure the money to the bank.
 
 
 
 
 
 

The Mode of Curing Disease
 

Every person that pretends to cure disease has some peculiar mode or remedy to cure for [they have] the idea that disease is something that needs some sort of treatment. Now as disease is believed in as a thing the question is how to get rid of it. So persons come to me not knowing how I cure and have no idea of my manner. And although they know that I give no medicines, yet they are at a loss to understand how they can be cured; so this leads to all sorts of questions by my patients.
For the benefit of those who do not know, I will relate some of the conversation I have with some of my patients.
A gentleman from Boston wrote me a letter asking me if I could cure him, giving me his symptoms as near as he could and saying [that] if I thought I could cure him he would give me one hundred and fifty dollars, if I would come to Boston and cure him for he could not leave his business. I wrote [him] that I never warranted a cure but if he would come to Portland, if I did not tell him all about his symptoms without his letting me know who he was, I would not ask any fee and if I cured him, my charge was two dollars.
In the course of three or four weeks a person came into my office and said he wished to be examined to see if anything ailed him. So
 

I sat down. At the time I sat down with him he had not given me his name nor residence. I supposed he lived in the City. After tell-ing him all his feelings—he said I was right and then told me his name. I then went on to explain the cause of his feelings and showed him the absurdity of his own belief and explained how he had been humbugged by his doctors in Boston and made it so plain that he understood it. After I got through he said, If what you have said is true what need is there of my staying here any longer. I said, If you have understood what I have said and see where you have been deceived, you will be alright. He laughed and said, I feel well now; then said I, You may return in the car; he went down to dinner, paid me, thanked me and returned to Boston the same afternoon, and was alright.
Now this is one case out of a hundred I could bring to prove that disease is a belief and to correct it—all is right.
I will state one more, for it was so easily cured. A lady patient came to see me from out of town some hundred miles, with a lame knee. The knee was swollen quite hard and when she went to walk she complained of it hurting her under the knee in the cord or muscles. I sat down and mentally asked her to walk and I saw men-tally where the trouble was. Instead of the knee, it was the ankle; this she could not believe for she had hurt her knee at the time she walked but soon after it became lame. The doctor blistered and cupped it and tried all the remedies in his power to make a white swelling. So I got up and showed her how she walked and showed her that it was impossible for her to walk as she did without limp-ing and hurting her. She looked and saw how she walked, then I told her how to correct her step and made her understand and then said, Now you try. So she tried and walked right off without hurting her. Now said I, Walk as you used to. So when she walked as she did, it had the sore feeling, but when she corrected her error she walked right. So she returned to Salem. Now every person . . .

1863

[This article ends abruptly here. In the Library of Congress collec-tion it is in Quimby’s own hand. The copy in the Boston University collection is by a copyist with some word changes.—Ed.]
 
 

On the Rebellion
[orig. untitled]
 

Now as the rebellion is drawing to a close, the people are settling down to a quiet state of rest, thinking their troubles are all over. They will be in danger by putting themselves to sleep before the ser-pent is dead. The idea that man is changed when he is overpowered is a false idea. Man convinced against his will is of the same opin-ion still or a man overpowered may admit his wrong for the sake of his liberty. So it is not to be expected that these rebels and sym-pathizers have been convinced that the principle of slavery is wrong, only that they were not quite strong enough to conquer and will for the present wait till they get the power; if not in the form of Afri-can slavery, they will get it in some other way or try to.
Now the leaders of this cursed rebellion have within themselves the element of oppression. It is their nature . . . With them it is rule or ruin and if they cannot succeed in one way they will try another.
Now religion is a line that is often used by their leaders; when I say leaders, I do not confine myself to the leaders of the Southern rebellion, but to that class of minds who always mingle with the lower classes and set themselves against all progression. It is the finite element in men against the infinite element.
Slavery is finite, liberty and freedom is infinite and will never cease till it has accomplished its work of progression. So every party in religion or politics that goes against this principle of progression goes against God and must come down; but it is not known that every new discovery or revelation that takes place must be developed through blood. But until man can strike at the cause, every agita-tion will end in the shedding of blood.
Now we suppose that there is no element of political power heat-ing up to set fire to the element of progress to destroy it, but to all such persons I say, Beware, for there is an element, a political ele-ment, under the name of religion, that has a greater hold on the masses than African slavery and that is catholicism; for it is noth-ing but a political body under a cloak of religion.
Now religion has been considered by every person to be one of
 

the greatest blessings to men and all claim to love it. So the Catholic religion is claimed and yet look at those that believe in it; look at their lives and compare them with any set of beliefs and no person will give them the preference; then what is it that holds them together, although sometimes broken up? This unity, like the Democratic party, holds together and yet there seems to be noth-ing to hold them; yet you can’t change their belief any more than you can a democrat’s belief. Now when I say democrat I do not mean one party or another but a certain principle in man to be over-bearing; this is slave democracy. This principle is the principle of all political demagogues who use the heresy of heaven to serve the devil with; it is those that know that every person is more or less su-perstitious and instead of trying to improve the human species, tries to enslave it.
Now they use all their powers to keep the masses in ignorance. The priests of old knew that they had a power over the masses, just as John Smith knew that he had a power over his converts. Now I don’t say that they knew what it was, but they knew the fact that they could control the masses. Moses knew it and when he wished to affect any person with any punishment, he used it, but I don’t say but his motive might be good. It is the motive of those who use their power to make it good or evil.
Now to suppose that the Catholics do not have a sort of power over the masses is incorrect. The Protestant priests have no such power; they only affect the masses by warning them against some imaginary evil that they believe in. But the Catholics produce miracles and the priests often produce great cures and all their cures are turned to their advantage. And as the people believe in the cures they show them to the priests, like the believers in spiritualism do too. The mediums believe that they have some power from the spirit world, but the spiritualists don’t go into a political party as yet; neither does any religious sect; but the Catholics, Mormons [and] all political par-ties that hold the masses by miracles are dangerous, because the peo-ple see results, so you cannot drive them from their belief. But if you can produce the same effect on the people and explain it so that you enlighten the masses, then you disprove their power as a party.
Now disease is an error, and the person that has got it is con-sidered a sinner by the priests, and to be cured is to forgive his sins. The priests are believed to have this power so that they will exercise
 

an influence on their followers that no argument can break. But let some person perform the cures in some other way and show how the priest does it and show how it is used to deceive them, then you destroy their political power and until this is done, man is not safe from this class of political leaders.
I know that they get confessions from the masses that no other persons can get and the persons are not aware of the fact that they do it but feel it is the power of God that acts upon the priest. And this to the sick or sinner is proof that the priest has this power and this gains such a hold on them that they can’t be moved by this world’s opinion.
Now to break this power is to explain to the masses how it is done—and correct an error that is working out destruction to the happiness of mankind. Just get the hive that St. Peter has then you can unlock the seventh seal and explain the mystery. Then man will see where to start from. Now we start from a false basis that has been admitted as a truth.
All Protestantism is only a sort of come-outer from the Catholic priesthood, so all superstition is the effect of their doctrine, and all religion admits their foundation the same as allopathy is the foun-dation of the medical profession and all modes of curing admit the allopathic error of disease.
 
 
 
 

Right and Wrong
PART 1
 

Do the words right and wrong convey to man any true standard of justice? Are not those words arbitrary and do they not convey to the world the idea that man is to take some person’s opinions in regard to the meaning? The words were never intended to apply to the leaders of any party or sect. It must be admitted that they are right and what they say of right and wrong does not apply to them but to the masses.
 

Now let us see if it is not so. Take the Bible as a test. We are told that this book defines the words right and wrong. Now the Bible does not define anything, but certain men set themselves up as the standard of right and wrong to judge others, but they do not come within that sphere. In political parties, each party leader explains what is right and what is wrong for the masses to believe. So with the medical faculty. The leaders are never reckoned into the progres-sion, only the masses. Now the idea is so absurd, although the masses do not know why it is so, it causes controversy, and up spring parties and every party or sect has its leaders, and every leader has less right and wrong for his followers.
This false way of reasoning can never cure the evil . Enlighten the masses and let them see, that the answers [to] right and wrong are not to apply to the leaders but to themselves. Then they will see that one man has no more right to set up a standard of right and com-pel others to bow down to it than another man has to set up a stan-dard for him. Now I set up no standard, neither will I bow to any person’s standard of right, for the man that made the word made it to judge others and not to be applied to himself.
Here is where I stand. All men will admit that animals protect themselves by their strength or with some weapons that are given them and they use it and are all selfish. Now man at first came very near the character of the animal, and he has got a great deal of the animal about him at this day. Ask a man if he believes slavery is right and he will say, Yes, and another will say, No. Now I will sup-pose that both are honest and both appeal to the Bible. Now I say one is just as right as the other according to the definition of the words right and wrong. Now is there some way to get rid of the evil that separates them, for if you can make them both agree as touch-ing one point the thing is settled. So let the word right go, and ask them if they would be willing to submit to the slaves to rule them if they should get the power; let them put it to their own selves and if they say they would, then they are honest but not intelligent. For every person knows that whoever is not willing to do another as he would be done by, is not honest.
Now if to be honest is right and dishonest is wrong, then reason out what is honest, and what is right. Now every man has his own identity which God gave him and to enslave him because you have the power is doing what you would find fault with if applied to you.
 

But if man is enslaved for the good of the community to protect the masses, as you would chain a wild beast, that would be honest and good. But to admit that you are not afraid of them and then enslave them for your own good, is not honest, and is bad. So to enslave man’s opinion in regard to creeds or diseases is as bad as approv-ing slavery.
 
 
 
 

A New Theory on the Cure of Diseases
 

A gentleman of Belfast by the name of P. P. Quimby has for the last sixteen years been engaged in the investigation of the science of mesmerism, so far as it relates to the cure of disease to see if it could be reduced to a science. After careful investigation he has come to this result: that the cure of disease is as much a science as correct-ing the error of any other science. His ground is that all the knowledge of disease is in the mind. He calls our feeling the disease; the mind changes the fluids, therefore to correct the mind, you cor-rect the fluids. He believes mind is spiritual matter and by chang-ing the combination of this matter it is shown in the form of disease. He shows the difference between his theory and all others. He ex-plains all other theories on one platform, differing only in the medi-cines. He says all theories admit of disease independent of the mind. They also admit disease as a thing which can be acted upon by some drug or medicine. He places all theology [and] knowledge from a spirit world in the same category and says that all the above theories have their peculiar medium through which they act upon the mind of the patient. Each and all acting upon the mind of the patient without his having the slightest knowledge of where the trouble lies . They sometimes make a difference between nervous disease[s]. He describes the medium through which they act. The Allopathic phy-sician approaches the patient through this medium; he admits the error his patient has embraced. I will here take one case to illustrate
 

all the rest, disease of the lungs. This they all admit from the al-lopath to the spiritualist; this I set down as an error, admitted as a disease by them all. They differ in regard to the means of medicine to be used to get rid of a disease or something that has come upon a person without any knowledge on his part. I said that they all have their mediums. [The] Allopathic physician thinks his medicines con-tain some healing qualities that can change the fluids of the system and bring about a better state. His first object is to gain the confi-dence of his patient. This is done in various ways; some by hold-ing out the idea of his superior knowledge over his brother physician; others by running down the old practice by holding out the idea that their medicine is poison. The Spiritualist holds out the idea that he receives his medicine from a spirit world. He admits the same dis-eases as all the rest though he only differs in the remedies.
Now the patient is left to choose one or the other of the above remedies. His friends sit in and give their opinions. They differ as much as the doctors, each wishing to have his own way until at last a physician is sent for and the experiment commences. One thing after another is tried, until out of patience the physician is discharged and another is sent for. Throughout all of these experiments not one word is hinted at that the trouble is in the mind. When all fails and the patient is left to die, he then sends for Quimby to sit down and tell him how he feels, and at the same time telling him that the trouble is in his mind. This requires proof for it strikes at the root of all the others’ theories. He then shows that a proper understand-ing of themselves will change the mind and bring about the very thing desired. He believes that every word or idea spoken contains something and this something changes the mind of the patient. He sees the spiritual form of the patient whom he converses with and wins it back to itself. This he repeats till the patient is restored to health. His idea of disease is error that changes the mind, truth re-stores the mind and changes the fluids.
 
 

The Quimby System
[orig. untitled]
 

The Quimby system is applying a new mode of reasoning to an old mode of reasoning, by which the former corrects the errors of the latter and shows how the old philosophy has brought about the evils that man suffers, called disease. His philosophy shows that matter., of which the body is formed, is created by the wisdom that controls it, and this wisdom is governed by two principles, right and wrong or light and darkness. The light is Christ and the darkness Jesus, or human and divine. All error is human and is governed by human laws. All wisdom is divine or science is wisdom and not hu-man. He shows how humans create their troubles or disturbances and how the human is governed by human laws or beliefs, which is one and the same. So he says, to know one’s self is to know that man, like Jesus, has two natures: one human and the other divine. Then he is subject to the one that lives, that is his body, for the body is the medium of both. So to know how to correct an error is to know how to make it.
There has never been a philosophy reduced to a science to cure disease. Men have philosophized about diseases but never has their philosophy been put to the test intelligently. Now he [Quimby] professes to show how man makes his disease, as it is called. Man has never got to the point of progression to admit he is a creative being and until he is educated up to this point he cannot see that he is [?] his own creator. He thinks he is made and fashioned by some power independent of his existence, but this is an error. Man makes himself and is responsible to himself and no one else. Therefore, anything he may do can’t change the divine; so the human may cre-ate and destroy but the divine is not changed. Now to make the hu-man subject to the divine is to make man know himself.
 
 

Breathing
 

How often are we misled by a false direction, resulting in great evils, misery and disease. The false idea of instructing man how to breathe is of all errors the worst, for it changes his mind in mak-ing him believe an error, thereby leading his soul astray and giving false direction to the matter or mind. For instance, we are taught to believe that the air goes into the lungs. This is acknowledged, without any questioning, and therefore must be a fact.
Now if any person of ordinary intelligence capable of understand-ing any kind of mechanical principles will stop one moment and look at the construction of man’s internal organs, he must see that it is impossible for the air to go into the lungs. Giving the disciples of this belief the advantage of all they claim, it will be seen that if God intended that the air should go into the lungs to purify the blood, he put man to a great deal of trouble to get it there according to their own explanation. For we are told that the air goes in at the mouth or nose, passes down the windpipe, and enters the lungs, purifying the blood and is then thrown off. According to this route, the air that goes into his nose must first come into the mouth to meet the air in the mouth; after meeting, they find their way down the windpipe.
Everyone knows that there is a valve or clapper on the upper end of the windpipe to prevent anything from going down. This valve is closed all the time to prevent anything from going down when we eat or drink. Now to suppose that a person is breathing air into the mouth which passes down the lungs, one must either be ignorant of the effect of the circulation of the atmosphere or have never thought of the absurdity of such a belief. Just let common sense look and see how absurd the idea is. Everyone knows that cold air rushes where the air is warmer, for the warm air is more rarified, and this forms a partial vacuum; and the cold air, according to a natural law of heat and cold, would rush to fill the vacuum.
Now as the heat in the brain is warmer than in any other part of
 

the system, the cold air would rush to that place according to a natural principle . The nose is constructed like a steam chamber with small holes or apertures for the air to pass through and pass into a larger chamber; this forms a bulkhead at these apertures, so that the hot air must pass down into the mouth. Now the amount of cold air that can pass down into the lungs is so small that it is not worth a thought.
Suppose you take a pipe and warm the stem, and pour cold air into the bowl, will it come out of the stem cold? No, then leave the bowl open and see how absurd it is to believe that it will come out cold. It is just as absurd to suppose that the cold air or any air goes into the lungs; for if it does not go in cold, it cannot go in hot, be-cause the heat is forcing itself into the mouth, when the mouth is shut, to escape from the lungs.
The process of breathing is a law of science without the least par-ticle of knowledge; it requires no knowledge.
The child knows as much about it when it is first set in motion as it ever does. If the machine gets out of order, then the will tries to remove the obstruction made by man’s wisdom, for the wisdom of man has made obstructions by false reasoning. We have the power of contracting the muscles of the throat so that we can hold anything in the mouth, liquid or smoke. A person can hold tobacco smoke in the mouth or force it out of the nose, showing that the pas-sage from the mouth is under the control of the will. So if the will can close the passage in the nose, you see how necessary it is not to give man a false idea about the circulation of the air. For if you make him believe that the air goes into the lungs, it does not make it go there, but you deceive him and in the act of using his will to induce the air to go into the lungs, he uses a great power of will which heats up the blood and this heat closes the apertures in the nose and prevents the natural circulation that would take place if no such information had ever been taught.
The blood wants good pure air, for in it there is something that sustains life and God knew what he was about when he made man. He know that man never would know enough to breath of himself, so he made circulation according to the laws of heat, leaving man nothing to do but to let nature do its work, and then all will go right .
Nature will let cold air go into the nose and then come in contact with the blood or something else that will take out of the atmosphere
 

what the blood wants, then it will escape to let in more cold air. The blood is fed in this way and carries its food to all parts of the sys-tem; returning with the impurities of the system, it deposits them in the lungs whence they are thrown off. So the lungs act for the blood, as the intestines do for the stomach, and the mouth receives the food for the stomach and the nose receives the air or food for the blood. God, when he set man in motion, did not put food in his mouth but breath in his nostrils, and man became a living soul.

May 1860
 
 
 

Mind and Matter
 

I often use the word mind as applied to matter and say mind is matter. This is true but then I also use the word mind and apply it to the senses or knowledge. There seems to be a contradiction. So it is, if not explained. I will try to explain it so that you can under-stand my meaning. Words are used to explain certain ideas that are admitted to exist and when some new idea comes up one must use the same words to explain it. So it is very hard for me to find words to explain my ideas, for they are new to the world. Now as the word mind is used to mean our senses, I have to make another word or I can’t explain my ideas of matter. If I use the word soul, I don’t give the true idea of soul to the people, as it is understood. So I have to take such words as are used and explain my ideas to my patients as best I can. In this way I can succeed in making my patients un-derstand what I intend to convey to them.
So when I say mind is matter, I mean just what I say but when I use the word mind as applied to the senses, I use it in another sense than when applied to matter; for in the former sense it contains no matter but is the power that controls matter or mind. Therefore when I say my mind understands, I don’t wish to be understood to say that matter understands, but the power that governs it. And
 

when I say my mind is diseased, I do not mean my senses are dis-eased, but the matter or mind that the senses act upon. Here you see I use the word mind in two senses. This appears as though I did not understand the meaning of the word mind. I do understand its meaning, but I can’t find any other word to explain my meaning. When the world is enlightened in regard to what mind and matter are, then they will see that mind is matter and can be used like any other matter or moulded into any shape or form by another power that is in man but not admitted, although known and associated with matter and takes the name of mind. Now then this power is sepa-rated it is call soul, but when it is in the body, it is call mind and as no one ever saw it, no one knows how it gets into matter nor how it gets out.
It is supposed at death to make a jump and assumes the word soul, but this is an opinion. So if the body is sick and the mind ever so much disturbed, the soul is ready to jump out when the mind or body is dead. The word is applied to the body because we often hear that another has lost his mind; when asked what his mind is, they say life, senses or knowledge. So you see the common belief destroys life, soul, mind, and body at death. If the meaning of words shows anything, it shows that the inventor of the same had not the least idea of any existence after death and if there is anything after death, it is not defined by any words giving that meaning. This may seem strange but it is true. Take the word life; it is defined, vitality, exis-tence. You hear this expression that such a person is using up all his vitality or life and at last he dies; so that life is death and there is not a word in use to give the slightest idea of anything after what is called death. Now adopt my theory and you will see that it must take a different word to express my ideas. My ideas are that all the senses are life, not death, and their existence does not depend on a body for their identity, that we cannot teach anyone to see, taste, smell or know, but all their faculties are independent of matter and matter is the medium for their faculties to act upon.
This was Jesus’ theory: that although they crucified the man, Jesus, the faculties still lived, and could take a body that could be seen. You may ask for proof of all this, I will give it. All subjects, when in a mesmeric state, retain their faculties and senses and are in all respects just as they are in their waking state, not as is gener-ally supposed, under the control of the mesmerizer. Their mind is
 

influenced by the mesmerizer, just the same as if he should use his power in the waking state. Each retains his own faculties, but one may lose control of himself, just as a person may become drugged or intoxicated. But it is a mistake to suppose [that] the subject is at the mercy of the mesmerizer and has no will of himself. That is not the case, any more than a person in company with a very bad man is under his control. All persons have an influence over each other but some have more than others and this is as it should be. But a tree is known by its fruits: If a person is known to be bad, no one is safe in his company, if the company are ignorant of his charac-ter. So it is with the mesmerizer. His character is to be the standard of his power, for zeal is more powerful than imperfect knowledge. If a man is vicious, he can, if he likes, have great control over his subjects or patients and if he is good he has the same influence. Pub-lic opinion has the same influence.
Therefore, all men are to themselves just what they think they are, but this to the world is no proof that they are what they should be. Now mesmerism proves this: that man as we see him is all that there is of him but the Scientific man that has examined into the senses finds that there is in the natural man a higher power or law called senses that can act independent[ly] .

May 1860
 
 
 

Senses
 

I have spoken of the senses as something that can exist indepen-dent of our natural body. This is new to the world or it has never been admitted, for all the senses are attached to and [are] a part of the body, and the idea of their being separated is something which has not dawned upon the intelligence of the world. It may be a be-lief among some persons but it is not admitted among the scientific. To have a knowledge of this science is to know when an impression
 

is produced on the senses. The senses contain no knowledge of them-selves. When a sensation is produced on them, if the soul or iden-tity is aware of it and knows its true meaning, it does not produce the same sensation as though the soul was ignorant of the true mean-ing. It is very hard for me to define what I want to communicate to you, for there are so many meanings to the same words and they all mean the same thing and contradict each other, that I do not know how to explain what I mean by the senses. I will try to clas-sify them.
In the first place, I believe matter to be nothing but an idea be-longing to the senses, but the natural man does not recognize this idea. I believe mind is matter used by that power that controls the senses for a medium, and used to form any idea that is desired to bring about a truth or specific fact. The senses do not embrace of themselves any idea of good or bad, but are simply the act of see-ing, hearing, smelling, tasting, and feeling. All these are indepen-dent of knowledge, for the beast and child contain them. Mesmerism proves the life of all of them [is] independent of the body, so I set them down as senses, not matter, or mind, but life or the medium of the soul. The soul or wisdom of the senses is what has never been acknowledged to have an identity but is embraced in the word senses. Here you see I have identified two powers or something in-dependent of matter and independent of each other.
Now the senses are life and are sensitive to impressions, not through flesh and blood but through the medium called senses. This fills all space and contains all sight, smell, etc., all these are light and light contains all the elements of the senses. The senses may be compared to particles of light. Now suppose God to be the foun-tain of senses or light; this light contains particles and each parti-cle contains an identity, and the particles are made up of these senses governed by a higher power. Now the strength of the light or senses is the expansion of its light or senses and the diminishing of its senses is the contracting of its light till it can be embraced in a bushel.
Jesus says a wise man will put his light on a bushel instead of un-der it. Now as each person is a particle of this great light or senses, and the knowledge of it the soul, it knows that its life is not in the contracting of its senses but in the expansion of its life or senses. Therefore the life of the body or ideas is the knowledge of its senses,
 

and the senses are called the eye of truth. So if the eye or truth be single, the whole body is full of light or truth, but if the senses are darkened or contracted or evil, the whole body is full of darkness. Now as the senses like light expand, the error or darkness is anni-hilated. And the knowledge of the senses is not confined to the idea of matter, like itself in the bushel, but sees itself outside of the idea or bushel and sees into this darkness or world of superstition. So that life or light is in darkness but the darkness comprehendeth it not, and as man is evil or ignorant, he chooses darkness rather than light. For the light would condemn him and destroy his life or ig-norance. This truth composes all the life that will exist as a science but the wisdom of darkness reasons in its own element. Its light is its ignorance; its knowledge is matter; its soul is its knowledge and its knowledge is its life and its life is in itself and itself is matter and matter or life is like water so condensed to take the form of solid or ice.
Science dissolves the solid or ice and decomposes it. Each glob-ule takes its own identity and looks at the solid, as the senses look at the body as an idea of mind so that there is no science or truth or soul; then the whole body or identity is full of darkness. Now take the natural body and compare it to ice and its warmth or cold, its knowledge. You see just how far its eyes or senses can go. It sees its body but it is not acquainted with its destroyer, the sun or science. But as the sun throws its rays on its cold, icy form, a chemical change takes place and decomposition commences. The particles or identity of which it was bound by error is dissolved. It rises and each globule assumes an identity, not that it is ice but that it has broken away from the prison and is now free to assume any form it pleases . This is an illustration of the science man. Man is made up of ideas like globules of water, the cold or ignorant state of the world like north winds has condensed his ideas into a form or body contain-ing all the ideas of disease and all other bad effects.
In this state, like the ice, he sees no light of the science and like the particles of water, reasons as though he was the very identity and wisdom of the world and when this body shall be dissolved, it ends its identity. The ice reasons just so, if it reasons at all, but science reasons in this way. Although you dissolve this ice or body you only set the particles free from the error that binds them together and they
 

have a house or identity, not made by the hand of error but eter-nal, in the science.

May 1860

[In LC what appears to be the hand of George Quimby or Horatio Dresser has written the following—Ed.]:
 1 2 3 4
 wisdom medium to be acted upon condensed
 SOUL SENSES MIND MATTER
 
 
 

What Is Disease? I
 

The theory of the doctors and other leaders of the people (if there is any theory to it) is it is a certain something (I would not attempt to describe their views) that comes in various shapes and on vari-ous accounts or causes and attacks people in various parts of the body and with various results. Indefiniteness and uncertainty charac-terizes all their ideas about it and their ideas go no further than a belief. They believe it to be a somthing, they can’t tell what. When a doctor speaks of the case of a sick person he gives his opinions. It may be founded upon what is to him very much evidence, includ-ing much experience. Still, in all cases it is after all an opinion which he gives, and this cannot be infallible and sure, (since [ ] not truth and sure and therefore good for nothing) because two opin-ions (there is an old saying that when doctors disagree or have differ-ent opinions) about the same thing cannot both be right. The same uncertainty about disease is allowed and winked at in the practice. But what is disease? If it is true that it is a thing of itself, did any-one ever see it? In all the post mortem examinations and dissections of bodies . . . has the thing disease ever been found in the body?
 

A tumor or any disarrangement of the system is an effect, called by Dr. Quimby a phenomenon, or result of some cause. The ques-tion is, What is the cause? (This determines the disease). To each of these questions you answer, No. Then I say, You know yourself that if it is not a material thing of itself it must be a property de-pending upon another thing.
It must be either a live thing like a fox (and twice as cunning) in order to come of itself and attack us. And furthermore, it must have intelligence or else it is a dependent characteristic of some other thing and if the latter, what is that? We hear the name animal life given to something in the body. We are told also that the body is under the control of the mind and we see daily illustrations of the fact. What then is the use of the second power called animal life? Did any-body ever see that? Is that a thing of itself or does it like . . . [?] be-long to something else? Oh, one cannot tell. That is something that no one can fathom is the answer invariably to this. How did they find that out? But this “life” is of the body I suppose. Now if the body is matter, has matter life? Again, did you ever see the body of any kind of an animal move without displaying intelligence? You know there is intelligence with every man and every animal and that intelligence guides each man and animal in all his movements. This intelligence needs no proof, but that animal “life” spoken of can neither be proved nor defined.
On the other hand, take away from a man or animal all knowledge, intelligence, or instinct and conceive if you can of any movement that he would make. What could there be a movement for? Nothing! There could be no object; the thought shows an in-consistency. Watch the very lowest brutes or the very smallest in-sect and you will see intelligence displayed in their movements . And again watch yourself and you will see no act or movement that is contrary to your will, but every stir or slightest motion is the result of your direct volition. What then can be the use of the animal life? If the mind has the control of the body as I would have the control of a hammer in my hand which would be no more a tool than the body is to the mind, of what use would be that second indefinable indescribable opinion of a thing or power called animal life. And if it is a thing of itself, why is it never seen nor found, and how can it go out of existence? But if it is not a separate thing of itself but
 

a property of another thing how can it, being a live or active qual-ity, be a property of a dead or inanimate thing, such as we see matter to be? You may say that is its life. How can it die then? If life dies, then it is not life. Again if disease is not a thing of itself, it must be a property of some other thing that has life and animation and in-telligence of itself else it would produce no action or bad result. What then does it belong to? If to the body it could manifestly con-tinue its operations after the spirit left the body. But we have not and cannot prove that the body has any life or animation or intel-ligence of its own, or independent of the mind; the evidence is all the other way. Then we have only the mind left to which to ascribe the disease as a property or how may it exist in the mind? I answer in the form of a belief, and the body being under the control of the mind, a subject of its influences is moulded and affected just in proportion to the state of mind in its belief.
A person is to himself just what he thinks he is and he is in his belief, sick. If this were not so, if it was not true that all disease is in the mind, not one of the hundreds of cures that have been made by Dr. Quimby, and are constantly being made, could have been ac-complished by him, and the old time administers [sic] of pills., calomel, and error would still have undisputed possession of the field of sick and wounded. Again, take it another way. You complain of a pain in your side, is it you that complains or your side? You perhaps answer that it is your side complaining through your mind. But I ask, Has your side knowledge? And can it notify your mind that it may speak for it? Is not the knowledge in your mind and is. it not your mind that complains? How much pain would you have if you did not know it? How much pain is there in a dead body? Why doesn’t pain continue after the soul or mind leaves the body? It is known by all persons that the state of mind or belief influences a person’s health. Why is it? How far does it go?
You see that there can be no action or motion without an intelli-gence behind it and you know that your body has. no intelligence. I will quote a few lines from Dr. Q’s writings” . . . “There is noth-ing animate in the body, so when the body is injured by what we call disease, it is by an error of the mind, the body being subject to the mind, so when the mind is corrected of its error, the truth is estab-lished which is its health.
 
 

Errors of False Reasoning
 

All error arises from false reasoning. If man knew when a sen-sation was produced on the senses, his senses or knowledge would be prepared to receive it without fear; but being ignorant of it, he receives it sometimes as a sweet morsel that he rolls under his ton-gue till at last he finds to his sorrow that he is hugging a viper that will sting him to death. Now if mankind knew these enemies and how they came and got into their house or mind they would be on the look-out and their knowledge would be a protector. But the wis-dom of the world has set up a standard superior to the wisdom of God and supposes its opinions must be taken for truth without any doubts or questioning. This standard is based on the old supersti-tion that went hand in hand with all other superstitions. Science has been ridding the world of its errors, but the science of life is in the hands of the most ignorant class of persons the world can produce, who undertake to be the teachers of a science that they know nothing of. How long would the world suffer a chemist to blow up every per-son venturing to stand by to see him produce a phenomenon, by which the world would be put in possession of some scientific truth and then hear him explain that it is a scientific experiment governed by the laws of chemistry, the effect being just what he knew before it took place? It strikes me that he would be put in prison for mal-practice, but you stand by and see a physician do the same thing and think it all right.
For instance a physician, from his theory which is based on the lowest grade of ignorance and superstition, produces a chemical change in your friend and blows him up or kills him from his science, and your friend gives him the credit of being a scientific man. Now to kill a person by the theory or science of the faculty is one of the easiest things in the world. It is as easy as to take a ves-sel lying at a wharf in Portland and going on board of her in the dark, undertake to pilot her out of the harbor where you have never been yourself but have seen someone go in fair weather, and as you
 

have the name of a pilot, to pilot man’s soul to the other world. The Captain invites you to pilot his vessel, so you get the vessel under-way and in a short time are right among the ledges. If it lightens up and you see there is no change for escape, you show your science by letting the vessel have her own way; if the current and tides carry her clear, you deserve a medal for your knowledge. And if she is lost, you get the credit of showing great skill in not getting lost be-fore or in avoiding a worse place.
So it is with the doctor. He is called to see a patient who is a lit-tle nervous, is in the dark or rather afraid of going out. So this blind guide, called doctor or pilot, undertakes to pilot him through the valley of death and land him safely on the shores of health . The Cap-tain or patient gives up the helm to this blind pilot, who shows his chart and points out the dangers of the coast. The Captain is now in a very nervous state, for he thinks he is deceived. He thought there was not much trouble but he finds by the pilot that he has been blown away by the breath of superstition and ignorance into the gulf of death where he is a stranger. So he and all his friends or crew give up to this blind guide because he shows his chart of the coast. Now the Captain is nervous and wants to know all the dangers, so the pi-lot sits down and commences giving a scientific account of all the rocks and quicksands and shoals—not forgetting to tell how many had been lost on the coast. He shows how the wind and tides vary sometimes. You think that you are clear and in the next minute a flash of heat strikes you on the cheek. This is called hectic and it is always an indication of a shoal called consumption. Then comes a crackling sound called cough. This shows that the tide of life is nearly on the turn. Now comes the science—if the tide is rising, the wind is fair and nothing happens, you will go clear. But if the tide is ebbing and the wind is rising, it is not certain how it will come out. As it is, it is not worth while to rack the hulk any more by pump-ing her life out. So make the helm fast and wait for Nature to do her work. So all acts are suspended, waiting for the tide of life to carry her clear. And if by chance you come into the river of life, you are lucky.
Then this false guide, who has been the means of all this trouble, comes forward on deck and speaks in the language of his science. “I have piloted a great many persons before but you have had the narrowest escape I ever saw. And if I had not been on the look-out,
 

you and all hands must have been lost.” But one old tar who has been posted up in this kind of knowledge, based on superstition, sees into the imposition and shows that the pilot has not shown one sign of scientific knowledge. Now he gets the credit of a great deal of science and receives all their thanks . This is a fair illustration of the medical practice. It is based on ignorance and not one single fact is explained by their theory. Phenomena are produced. So they are by the spiritualists. Both theories produce phenomena, but the world is none the wiser, for they establish an error for a truth and mankind has to suffer for their explanation. Their theory makes disease and mine cures it, so we are just in opposition to each other. I know how they get the world into trouble and they don’t. By means of their belief, they kill more by trying to get them out of their trouble than by getting them into it, for they don’t save any. But if they let them alone, the sick sometimes get well of themselves.
Now put man in possession of a science that will teach him that thought is matter, governed by another power, and also that his own belief is the cause of his trouble, and to correct his belief is his cure. Then he will see that he cannot become the dupe of such persons as he is now. It would teach him that there are two ways of doing everything in regard to disease. There is a way of making disease and also a way of unmaking it. The science of this world is to make dis-ease and the science of truth is to destroy it. One is the science of an opinion and superstition and the other is the SCIENCE OF
TRUTH.

May 1860
 
 
 

On Consumption
 

As I have spoken of breathing, it is necessary that I should give my ideas concerning it. The fact is, if man had not set up his wis-dom above God, or error had not undertaken to set up its standard as truth, there would not have been any need of making war against
 

it. The error of breathing has become the common opinion of the world and mankind is affected by it. And it is time for some one to step forward and define the truth or science. If there had been no opinion taught to man, there would have been no need of an answer. So I do not come to establish a truth but to destroy an error, for the destruction of the error is bringing back the truth.
Now let us see what is the foundation for the common belief in regard to breathing. It certainly does not lengthen life, for those who know the least about it live the longest. And those who try the most experiments are the worst off; for all that class of persons who know nothing about the lungs and never heard of such an organ are not much affected till they become acquainted with this world of science. And it strikes me that any theory that tends to make us worse is not founded in truth. I will take a child that is perfectly well and show how to bring about consumption.
I must be well posted up in medical science (not knowledge, but the science) which is not to know anything about myself but to adopt the established opinions of other people. This I must learn by heart so that I can use all the phrases as readily as a sailor on board a ship. My chart is the medical science and my knowledge is to put it in practice and the evidence of the senses is the proof of my skill, for every tree or science must be known by its fruits. To show each science is to know how to put it in practice. And as I have the knowledge of the true science, it requires also the knowledge of the false science. Like a man playing a game of checkers, he must know his opponent’s game better than his opponent does so that he can take advantage of his error. This is so in my way of doctoring.
Health is the game to be played; truth and error are the comba-tants. Error plays to destroy health and truth to save it. So that truth must know error’s weak points so as to show him up and like a law-yer prove the absurdity of his move or opinion. And as life is in our senses, the game is to be decided by them. If I succeed in showing the absurdity of my opponent’s theory, life gives me the game. So I will commence my plea as a regular physician and show how to make consumption. As public opinion is my knowledge, the more I have of it the more certain I am of success. I will assume the character of some learned physician, educated in Europe, who has a chest full of medals marked “M.D.” This is my theory and the
 

knowledge is to put it into practice. I commence my public career by giving a course of lectures before the people of ______ in which I set forth all evils that flesh is heir to. I call their attention partic-ularly to the lungs, describing minutely their delicate structure and important office and lamenting the imminent danger which hangs over the young in this climate. After getting the people excited on the subject, all ready to be affected, I close my remarks by saying that a remedy has been discovered for this worst of all diseases, con-sumption which is inhalation, and that I shall be happy to attend to any person who would like to try it. This ends my advertisement and I wait for a customer. Presently I receive a call.
The patient is a young lady accompanied by her mother, who is more nervous than her daughter. She can hardly wait for me to speak before she tells me they attended my lecture and were so much interested by my remarks that she could hardly wait until morning to bring her daughter to see me. She says she thinks [her daughter] must have taken cold, for she seemed to have a nervous cough. “No doubt,” I reply. “I did not know,” she continues, “but that she might have inhaled some of the impurities. You know there is a great deal of dust in such places.” “Yes.” “I should like to have you ex-amine her lungs and see if there is any trouble. “What is your fee?” “Ten dollars for an examination.” Ten dollars! Is not that high?” “Yes, but you are aware that to prepare one’s self for the respon-sible duties of a physician, where so much depends on their knowledge in regard to the construction of the human system, must require a great deal of time and money.” “Yes. Well I wish you to give her a thorough examination.” So looking very wise, I com-mence tapping the chest and then place my ear down to listen. The mother sits in a nervous state of mind and the child is as pale as death. Seeing all this, I very modestly say, “I find the left side of the lung slightly diseased, but I think that it can be entirely cured.” “Oh! How happy I am. Well, doctor, what shall we do for her?” “You remember that I spoke of my medicated inhalation treat-ment.” “Yes.” “I think if she tried this it would entirely cure the disease.” “What do you charge for the preparation and fixtures?” “Fifteen dollars.” “Nothing less?” “That is my fee. I am not a quack but a regular and I will explain its effects to you and how it acts. You will inhale this preparation into the lungs, where it
 

produces a chemical change and you will have to clear the lungs by coughing off the deposit that is made there. If it should remain in the lungs they would become inflamed and tubercles will form and this last condition is entirely incurable.” “You think there is no doubt you can cure her?” “I cannot say now but in a week or two I can tell. Be sure not to have her take the least cold and have her breathe the purest air. She must be particular about diet living on meat and ale with a little light food as graham bread.” “Can she drink coffee?” “By no means, cold water is the best. Obey all my orders till I see her again.” The lady and daughter leave and the daughter becomes more nervous, the mother more anxious.
In a week they call again and the doctor examines her lungs again, looking more doubtful. This kind of a practice is kept up till com-mon report begins to do its work and then all their friends can see that the Doctor is right in regard to the lungs. The breathing be-comes short, hectic sets in and all hope of recovery is given up . Some person has the courage or impudence to hint that if she had never seen a doctor she would have been well, but this is blasphemy and that person is silenced. Finally the young lady dies. By the request of her physician a post mortem examination is made. The brethren are called and the science tested. They find the lungs diseased and a great deal more trouble besides but finally they decide that she came to her death by consumption. Here you see the science proved and tested, by a committee of scientific men. Thus ends the life of one and thus is established the medical skill. This is one theory.
I propose now to introduce the other side, but as I have no chance with that patient, I will take her sister going in the same way, the doctors having become alarmed and decided that her case is like the other. The parents are induced to try some other doctor, so I am called. I find the patient with a cough, pains in her side, soreness about the chest and through the shoulders, heaviness about the eyes, hectic and all the symptoms of a consumptive. Now what course do I take? In the first place I take all her feelings on myself. Then I commence taking up the doctor’s opinions, her mother being present and show that they are false and without the slightest foundation, that not one particle of fresh air goes into the lungs. By my expla-nations and experiments I show the absurdity of his theory. In the first place it is impossible for anything we inhale into the mouth to pass into the windpipe or stomach till we swallow, and in the act of
 

swallowing the vapor would pass out of the nose. In smoking the smoke does not go into the lungs, but if a person is in a room with smokers, all the smoke that goes into the nose is carried into the lungs and stops up all the air cells so that he cannot breathe.
This inconsistency is believed. Why does not the smoke of a pipe go into the lungs? Because it does not, yet persons are told to smoke to make them raise, while at the same time it stuffs another up. One takes w[h]iskey or brandy for the lungs, another can take neither. Now all these absurdities everyone knows and the people have never questioned the doctors’ authority but have taken it for granted, liv-ing and dying in their errors. The idea of any inhaling vapor into the lungs is simply an absurdity. It goes to the brain, there stimulat-ing and exciting the blood like liquor. If you take liquor into your mouth you must smell it, showing that it goes to the head and this is what excites. A person would become as drunk by smelling rum as by drinking it, but not so soon, but in neither case does anything go to the lungs. The expansion of the chest is an act of the will in-dependent of the circulation of the air or breathing. The nose is as much under the control of the will as the mouth; everyone knows that we have the power to close the mouth, and we have the same power to control the nose.
All medicines ever given to affect the blood go to the brain in the form of vapor and affect the brain as the air does through the senses. If you are sick you know it and this knowledge affects the brain first, for the brain is the seat of power. The brain sets the body in mo-tion and if that is disturbed by any chemical action produced by any effect on the soul, then the body is acted upon like a steam engine without an engineer. Both must be subject to a power superior to the machines or they will fly to pieces. I speak of the chemical ac-tion as though it contained no intelligence. But this is not the case, for mind is matter and any action on this mind or matter must be the act of a power superior to the mind and the effect shows which power acts upon it. For instance, almost any person can set a steam engine in operation and the effect produced by the engine shows the science of the operator; so when a sensation is produced the mind is obstructed or disturbed, resulting in a chemical change governed by truth or error. It is not chance, but the natural body or ignor-ance cannot understand it, for if it does it is not ignorance. All ac-tions on the body are governed by an intelligence above the matter
 

acted upon and the fruits or effect shows the intelligence of the power, whether it be of God or truth, or error.
Now to make a disease is to produce a change on the mind or body according to its author. When I believed all my mesmeric ex-periments were governed by the laws of electricity, I brought about changes in the system to accord with my ideas, showing that I governed the mind of my subject according to my knowledge, but then my knowledge was of this world, not of the truth. It was true that I produced the change and it is true that in the practice of medi-cine, the doctors may be honest in their profession, but that does not help the person who has to suffer from their ignorance. It is true that good results often follow from their ignorance. It is true that good results often follow from their remedies, as it did in the case of selling Joseph to the Ishmaelites. But if good comes from their practice, it does not prove that they have any science, but that science comes in spite of them. Now put man intelligently in pos-session of the idea that scientific knowledge can produce a change in the system scientifically, so that it increases man’s happiness, then you establish the kingdom of heaven or happiness in this world of ignorance. This is the science to be taught.
This teaches man that matter, as it is called, is nothing but an idea, subject to two powers: one, truth and the other, error. And as er-ror is the father of false impressions or directions, all its effects are subject to its master and do not contain truth. Now all that man can do is to separate them, the one from the other. This can only be done by proving it by works, just as error proves that its science is to der-ange matter, giving it a false direction and showing the author in its effects. Truth does the same; it takes matter in a deranged state, giving a true direction and the effect is harmony, happiness and peace. The effect of error is discord, disease and death. This is the position of both. I will try to illustrate the separation. Suppose that a person should tell you that the air you breathe is poisoned and go on to tell you the effect it has on the system: how it passes through the windpipe into the lungs, making you cough, and gives all the par-ticulars of this disease called consumption, and you finally get the idea into your mind or knowledge. Now you live with all this knowledge. The matter is in operation, condensing itself into a dis-ease according to your knowledge. And sooner or later you produce
 

a body precisely according to the pattern you have received. This is the wisdom of this world.
Now before you finish it, you in your trouble (for you are in trouble) call on me to help you out. I know your feeling and see the disease you are trying to make, also the effect it has on your hap-piness and I know that you have been deceived by error. You were well enough before you received this knowledge, but your ambition to subject your mind or matter to your will carried you in a false direction. This was getting your life in trouble. Now I have to show you your error and how you got into trouble. And in showing you I dissolve the matter like clay and explain to you where your false direction is. This I do, not by experimenting, but by a science which gives to man a knowledge of himself. And this knowledge consists in destroying his opinions which he thinks are true and establishing in their place a science which will enable him to correct any opin-ion made on his mind without knowledge.
It is very hard to give a person a clear idea of a science which they have no previous idea of. To them it is a mystery and humbug, so I don’t know exactly how to express myself; for to say that mind is matter is to you a mystery and so it is to every one that does not understand. If man had not been misled, the idea would not have been so much in the dark, but words are used so it has confounded the ideas of man and it is hard to explain what you mean. For in-stance, the word mind embraces everything that is called knowledge without another word. It embraces the soul, life, knowledge and in fact all there is of us. Yet we speak of losing the mind and saving the soul, and losing the soul or life. So you see there is no definite idea of life, mind or soul. Now as disease is in the mind, according to my theory, it is necessary to show what I mean by mind and mat-ter, so that I can explain how I can change the mind or matter to cure disease.
For instance, in the case of the young lady I spoke of. Before she embraced the idea of consumption, the composition of the mind or matter was disturbed like mortar. Mortar is clay disturbed; so is mind, matter disturbed; not under the direction of truth or error, but merely disturbed and the result of this disturbance is ideas thrown off without any direction, like a galvanic battery. This state of mind or matter is sometimes called insanity, just according to the
 

effect. But it is the working of matter, that is the decomposing of the body, ready to be used by any intelligence, superior to itself. There is such a power or science called God and also a power or science called the power of the devil or ignorance. One is confined to matter and a part of it. Its life is in its acts or directions so it sees no power superior to itself and its reason is confined to the length of its days. Now to save its life it invents all kinds of diseases, which are its own destruction.
You see the effect of this in all error. It reasons wrong in every-thing. It produces phenomena, for it is in its own opinion or knowledge. It creates disease as in the case of the young girl and it has become so popular that it has set up its standard as a real reli-gious standard. It looks upon all science as mystery or humbug and warns its followers to beware. This enemy of man is the father and mother of all error and the true science is to correct it. Now to cor-rect the error of the young girl is the cure. Therefore, I stand in the place of a counsel to plead her case. The indictment embraces all her symptoms and if she has them about her person, she is guilty of an offense against the laws of health. Now laws are for the pro-tection of each man’s rights and in the natural world as well as in the spiritual world, every one is subject to its laws. The ignorant of this world are only a shadow of those ignorant in the other or spirit world. For truth and error has its spiritual as well as its natural world and those who are bound in the spirit world are also bound in the natural world. Jesus gave Peter the keys or knowledge of the two states, so that he could loose those bound in the spirit world and also relieve those in this world.
I will explain the binding in the spirit world. The young lady, when she was well, was not bound at all, but when she became ner-vous error began to bind her. This was in the spirit world, and as her mind became troubled, it showed itself in the natural world or body. This the doctor called disease. This contains their knowledge and their science. To bring about this state of mind or disease re-quires no knowledge of the scientific world, for that to them is all mystery or chance. Now to cure the lady would be to break the fet-ters and bands and set the prisoner free. As error is subject to science, it cannot hold the soul in bondage, only so long as the er-ror exists. Like a problem the soul is imprisoned, till the true answer
 

comes and then it is set at liberty. This is the way with disease. Er-ror has its laws which are subject to the laws of truth, as the laws of the State are subject to those of the United States and when a per-son is accused of a crime, arrested and imprisoned by the authority of the State, if he is ignorant of the laws, he submits to his penal-ties. But if he is informed in regard to the laws of the United States and sees that he has not committed himself in the [State] law he, like Paul, will appeal to a higher tribunal. This is the way with disease. God makes no laws to bind mankind. His laws are not like error’s laws, nor his ways like error’s ways. His ways are pleasant and all His paths are peace. There are certain principles of truth or knowledge that are God that are not acknowledged by error to be knowledge, but principles making God of no effect but chance. Er-ror does not admit intelligence in science. It admits the phenomena but sees no intelligence in it, thinking that the intelligence which produces them is a gift or power derived from some higher science which it knows nothing of.
This keeps up a warfare between truth and error. Error sets up a standard and laws to protect its followers. As error is in a land of mystery, truth, like the prodigal son, leaves his father’s house and tries its luck in this dark and uncertain experiment. As it passes, it is liable to get into trouble at every act. It finds the road rough and ragged, robbers and murderers on all sides and it finds persons ready to stretch forth their hand to help you. You will be decoyed into every place where you will be liable to break the laws of the land. If you ask for information you can get all you want and the more you get the worse you are off. For their laws are all for their own benefit and their penalties are your misery. You will find that you cannot step out of doors without being liable to be decoyed. Their laws are so completely adjusted to their penalties that it is impos-sible to deceive them. For instance, take the young lady. She enters this land to investigate its law and penalties. The first caution she receives is this: not to expose herself to the night air. This to her is an error, for God never made any such law and she will not obey the order, so she steps out nervously to see the effect. Her fear makes her cough and this frightens her and she tries to suppress it which increases the tendency to cough, and the first thing is, she is accused of disobeying the law. Now she is arrested and bound by error. Her
 

offense is proved and she is cast into prison, there to be tormented till the debt is paid (called death). If she has any means, she has enough to pretend to plead her case till they are all expended, and she is left sick and without friends or means, like the prodigal son.
Now all this is known to science, and science is acknowledged by this error and it dare not hold a person in bondage if the freedom from error is proved. This was the case with the young man, when he came to the truth. That is, he saw that he had been deceived by error and he then returned to his father or truth. Now this young lady, from an ambition or desire to get knowledge, entered the world of error and here she becomes deceived and was decoyed into bad company or ideas. This disturbed her mind or matter and in this state she was misled and made to believe a lie that she might be ac-cused by the mother or public opinion, condemned by the doctor and sold into bondage to live a life of suffering and torment till truth should set her free. Now .as I find from her friends or truth that she has strayed away and not returned, I leave the health [y], like the ninety and nine sheep, and go and search diligently till I find the lost one. Then I claim her as a child of God and not of error. So a trial is held and all the witnesses are summoned to prove that she was al-ways a child of disease. This takes some time, for there are many witnesses to be examined and I can’t tell whether I can prove her innocent.
If she was born a slave I have no claim on her, but if she has been deceived into bondage, it is for me to prove her identity. So I will now state to the court that the prisoner at the bar was not born sick or diseased, .and is therefore not a slave by birth, but was once well and happy and left her home to seek riches or truth and was led by error into disease or bad company. She is accused of disobeying laws that have no power over her and as she is not of your nation and having no knowledge of your laws and having no person to advise her, she has been frightened into an acknowledgement that she is guilty and submits to her punishment. I have authority from the truth to take her .and .return her to her father’s house, from whence she has wandered away, if no proof can be brought that she is a slave or always was diseased. So if there is anyone to accuse her, let them come forward and condemn her.
Here you see a fair statement of error’s effect on the truth or hap-piness of man. This was the state of society when Jesus appeared.
 

He pleaded the cause of a guilty world and corrected the errors of his day, gave a different turn to society and brought light in regard to the errors. This light or truth opened the eyes of the blind or ig-norant and broke open the prison doors, liberated the prisoners and set the captives free. Now as society is only a figure or emblem of our spiritual indentity, we are all liable to be caught by error and condemned to eternal banishment from happiness if we do not find some one to assist us in our trouble, just as it is in the natural world.
I will now show the course I have to take to free the young lady from her enemies. It is necessary for me to answer all the questions as perfectly as though I was pleading a case of life and death. This I do with as much feeling and sympathy for the sick as though they stood accused of a crime, the punishment of which would be im-prisonment for life. It seems as though I was actually standing as her counsel, with the judges, the patient’s accusers, for it seems that there is no jury, but public opinion on one side and truth on the other. I have to take up all the symptoms that are embraced in the indictment and show that they are false and if I succeed in my en-deavor she is set free by common consent and her accusers are seized and imprisoned for life. The prisoner is. acquitted with joy and a change is felt by all the friends even in the natural world. I will now commence my defense for the young lady. She stands accused of all the symptoms of consumption. These symptoms. are the property or ideas of error and if a person is found with them he is arrested and imprisoned. It seems as if disease is something that error is afraid of. If a person is accused of it, the whole community are up in arms about it and would kill the person to stop the disease. Ig-norance is a coward and dare not face error. See the effect of the smallpox. The people are half frightened to death about it and if it was not for some one who has more truth or nerve than the masses, the victims would be killed for the benefit of the living. So it is with error in everything.
Error is very strict, ready to condemn everything,, thinking that it is doing God’s service. Look at all sectarianism; look at witchcraft, spiritualism and all the mysterious phenomena which have ever been. Error makes war and would fire or burn or imprison all who would uphold it . Ignorance dare not take any part . Truth investigates it and runs the risk of its reputation for the benefit of man’s happiness. So error stands ready to torment anyone that is caught with anything
 

confirmative to their laws. And as their laws are the cause of the very thing that they complain of, it is very hard to get rid of them. The means used to destroy the evil creates it, as it was in the days of the Salem witchcraft. The course taken to put down the evil was the very way to make it. And unless both parties had been punished, it never would have been stopped. So it is at this time. I have no doubt if there was a law that if a doctor told a patient who coughed that her lungs were diseased and by killing the patient the investigation should prove it a lie, then to execute the doctor, and do it in every case, you would not see so much coughing and complaining as you do now. It would have the same effect as it did in the days of witch-craft. The evil was made by the very authorities who were trying to put it down, and that was by the very wisest men of the age. But when the accuser and the accused both had to suffer the same punishment, it stopped the evil or changed it from witchcraft to dis-ease, but which is just as absurd as it was under the other name. Now the witches are in the people in the form of disease. Then they were outside and that is all the difference. Change public opinion scientifically and you get rid of this curse of all evils, disease. This is my opening of the case of the young lady. I will introduce her as accused of consumption. Here she stands before her tormentors like the innocent girl of Salem, accused of being bewitched. She stands pale, with quivering lips and glassy eyes, a hard cough and flushed cheeks, nervously suppressing the little nervous cough for fear she would expose herself to these worst of all devils or barbarians, who stand ready to tear or choke her to death with their chains and bands or to bind her and cast her into prison for the safety of society. Here they stand before me and the judge of truth. I present the young lady to the judge, who listens, not as a partial judge, but as the judge of the dead and living, who has no respect for persons, but listens and decides just according to the evidence.
I will state her position and my defense. I assume that the young lady at the bar was born healthy and is not liable to any disease that her parents had or had not and that the symptoms are the effect of fear produced by her accusers. Now I will call the mother as wit-ness and see what she knows. She tells her story which goes to con-demn her daughter. She testifies that she has been looking around and watching her daughter for some time, had often heard her cough and caught her weeping and when she accused her she would deny
 

the whole thing, saying, “If you would only let me alone I should be well enough.” When cross questioned by myself, “When did you first perceive that your daughter was in trouble?” She answers, “Some time ago.” “Did you think it was consumption?” “Yes, I knew it was.” “How did you get your information?” “From the doctor.” “Had the doctor ever seen your daughter at that time?” “No, but he attended her sister who died of the same complaint.” “How do you know it was the same?” “Because she appears just like her sister.” “Then because she appears just like her sister, she must have consumption. Is that all the proof that she has it?” “No, I know that she has it.” “How do you know?” “Because she has, that’s all.”
Now the young lady cannot be condemned on this testimony and the witness, as she knows nothing, is dismissed from the stand. She goes off muttering, as though her opinion was law and she knew all about it. I will now call the doctor who appears ready to testify al-ways on one side, for they never testify except as party concerned. “Will you state what you know of this young lady?” “I was called
‘,

to see her about two months ago and found her very nervous.
“What is that, what do you mean?” “Why nervous, an excitement of the nervous system.” “Well, what is it?” “Must I be disturbed in this way?” “You can answer the question.” “I have.” “How?” “Why her mind was disturbed.” “Is not your mind disturbed by me?” “Yes.” “Have you consumption?” “No.” “Then it does not follow that every one who has his mind disturbed or nervous has consumption?” “No.” “Well then what more have you to say in regard to the patient.” “I have not said that she had consumption.” “No, I know that you have not, and do you say that she has it?” “The symptoms go to prove it.” “How?” “Because she has all the symptoms of consumption.” “Will you state what you know? If so go on.’’ ‘‘I was called to see her and found her nervous.” ‘‘That is, her mind was disturbed, I suppose.” “Yes, and I examined her lungs.” “How did you do that?” “By sounding on the chest and listening to the sound we detect the state of the lungs.” “Do you not get deceived sometimes?” “Yes.” “Will you say on your oath before your God, you are sure that the young lady’s lungs are af-fected?” “I think that they are.” “That does not answer the ques-tion.” “Well, just taking the lungs alone does not prove that the disease has affected the lungs, but you must take in all the other
 

symptoms.” “Have you ever seen the lungs?” “No.” “Then will you say on oath that you know what you never saw? and state it as a fact without qualifications?” “No, I won’t say positively, but it
. . ,, ‘‘
is my opinion. Then it is your opinion?” “Yes.” “Your opin-ion is not law, so if you have no other proof than your opinion you can leave the stand.”
Now I will show how this comes about and leave the judge to de-cide the case. I wish to take the stand. I say I feel all this young lady’s feelings. Is this true? The young lady says, “Yes.” Now here we both agree. I have no consumption and I know it, for I had not the feelings before I sat down [with her]; so is it not fair to suppose that she could have the feelings from some other cause, as it is that I should have consumption? Everyone would answer, Yes. I will ask the doctor a few questions. “Can’t a person be nervous without hav-ing the lungs diseased?” “Yes.” “Can’t a person cough without having the lungs diseased?” “Yes.” “Can’t they have every sym-ptom this young lady has without having consumption?” “Taking them separately, Yes.” “Then when combined it is consumption. Can’t a person be so frightened, that they will turn pale?” “Yes.” “Can’t they cough from fright? Can’t they have what you call hectic from fright?” “Yes.” Well, if this young lady is to be condemned on this testimony, the reader may decide.

June 1860
 
 
 

Another World I
 

It has generally been supposed that the authors of the old and new testaments were inspired to write an account of another world off and apart from this globe. Under this belief strange ideas arose in the minds of men. In the old scriptures is given an account of the formation of a literal earth and the creation of man. Then it goes on to tell how man became so wicked that God caused it to rain forty
 

days and flood the earth, destroying all the inhabitants except Noah and his family, who after the floods dried up came forth and com-menced to till the ground. All this story is believed to have a literal meaning and all who question this belief are called infidels or deists. Now after Noah and his family began populating the earth, you see an account of the generations of Noah. Then the world became wicked again, but God promised not to destroy it by water a second time but by fire. Here follows a description of the final destruction of this earth and its inhabitants by fire and a promise from God of a new heaven and earth where there shall be no more death nor weeping, where all shall worship God day and night, where the wicked shall be destroyed and God shall reign eternally. Now this is explained literally. It is believed that all this was communicated to Moses on the Mount and that God came down and talked to Moses, giving him a code of laws or belief that man must accept in order to gain a place in this new heaven. This theory God caused Moses to write down and it was called the commandments of God, given to Moses for the happiness of the children of Israel, to be taught to them while he was leading them through the land of Egypt into the land of Canaan.
This belief was to counteract some false idea that the people had, for they were very ignorant and full of all sorts of superstition. There were no principles regulating their conduct towards each other but might was right. The strong oppressed the weak and there was noth-ing to prevent their perpetrating any abuses. It was Moses’ aim to stop these abuses and free his people from their bondage and degra-dation. So he instituted a more just and liberal code of laws attach-ing penalties to abuses that he could not prevent and putting restrictions on men to bring about a better state of society. He did not try to instruct the people but only sought to bring them under his standard by which their oppression would be lessened and their condition improved. Neither did he attempt to establish any kind of worship or belief about God, but his regulations appealed to the interests of men and were as good as the people could carry out. They made man more cunning and crafty and overbearing, but they did not analyze motives, leaving them as arising from the natural world. This state of things continued for a long time. Religious doc-trines never entered into men’s heart, but the wise men were engaged in developing the mind of man. All evils that were suffered were
 

from their acts and their acts were the offspring of their belief and their belief was made by the leading spirits of the age.
If the person who gave direction gave it intelligently so that it could not be bettered, then the world was wiser or better for their opinions. But if directed by ignorance and superstition, then the peo-pile had to suffer for their belief; for our happiness or misery is in our belief. Now as the belief of the people did not embrace any kind of a religious opinion in regard to another world, they could not get sick on that subject. The evils that troubled them were of this world and confined to the laws of Moses. These made them nervous but did not create disease. Now as truth progresses, it has to contend with error. And as Moses put restrictions on the people they mur-inured and complained. So in order to keep the people in subjec-tion, the leaders had to invent all sorts of beliefs. Therefore, prophets were introduced and the priests and prophets led the peo-pile, but truth or science is not under the control of either. It moves along like the rising of the tide. It is the only enemy that priests and doctors have to contend with, for it is death to both, and life and happiness to all who get it. Happiness is what follows our belief and the life of the priest and doctor is in their belief and their interest is in the misery of their belief. For if the people have no belief, they would have no disease, as disease is their belief. So it is the intent of the above classes to keep the people posted up on all their beliefs to insure them a good living.
One of the old honest prophets knew this trick and said that the prophets prophesied falsely and the priests ruled by their means and the people love to have it so and what would they do in the end thereof. (Jer. 5:31.) As science progressed, the priests had to give way, for there never was one particle of knowledge or progression in either of the above theories. Science only leads the world in true philosophy, never making man sick or diseased. Disease is not the offspring of science but of error, and as priests and doctors have taken that part of philosopihy into their hands, all other sciences in regard to all other facts have let the science of life alone, suppos-ing it to be in the hands of scientific men. All knowledge of the scien-tific world has had this error to contend with and the priests and doctors have been driven from their ground and have taken their stand just where public opinion places them. They do not lead
 

science, but science leads them. There was a time when they led but as their craft became so apparent to scientific minds they had to yield. If any one will just follow along the progress of the develop-ment of the human mind since the laws of Moses, they will see a steady progress of science and an annihilation of priestcraft. Error has assumed more forms than the colors of the rainbow and to ev-ery form the misery is shown in its believers. It has shown itself in all kinds of superstition but it has had to yield to more liberal belief.
All error in the Bible has been modified by the wars of its own party. Its opposers were of that class of minds that could tear down if it could not build up, but in the tearing, science made some progress. For when rogues fall out honest men get their due.
All new theories in the Old Testament were illustrated by some phenomena that the people were acquainted with . So the science ad-vanced and showed itself in some leading spirit of its age, as in Noah: his theory was represented by a flood, for it swept away all the old world or superstition of his age. Then Moses’ theory was leading the children of Israel out of Egyptian darkness into the land of truth or science. But as Moses never entered the land of science, he saw for others what he never was permitted to enjoy. So science crept along in the hands of some of the prophets and other theories are represented by altars and the science of truth was the sacrifice. There was Balaam; his theory had false prophets who knew just as much as some physicians in our day. His ass spoke and so do such now. When Joshua showed the absurdities of the people’s theory, they left it and followed him, so the magicians and sorcerers and all such deceivers had to fall back for the true science.
In the case of Nebuchadnezzar, the magicians and sorcerers had complete power over the masses and as the king was in advance of them, he saw that all their pretended knowledge was false. When he was sick and sent for his magicians and sorcerers to interpret his dream, they said, as the quacks of these days, Tell us how you feel, or your dream, and we will tell you what the matter is or give the interpretation. But he said, No, tell me my dream or how I feel, first. This they could not do and complained at such an unreasonable re-quest. And when Daniel told him his dream or how he felt, these magicians put him into a fiery furnace, which means they put him through a course of questions which he answered, showing
 

knowledge superior to theirs. This made them angry and they tried, as the doctors do now, to put it down with contempt. They did not stop the investigations for when Darius came into power, they tried to smother this truth and persuaded the king to pass a law that no person such as Daniel should practice. But Daniel took no notice of it and he was cast into the lion’s den or company and when the meat was thrown in to test the science, these lions’ mouths were shut and Daniel come off conqueror.
Thus truth has had to fight error step by step and the truth has been revealed to the wise and opposed by fools and the ignorant; so wisdom crept along till the time of John, the Baptist. Here was a new development of truth, far above anything reached yet. It held out a new motive to man, placing him above the superstition of the world or error. At the time of John, the world had been embrac-ing false doctrines, not in regard to another world but to this world. They had a vague idea of a world after death and the priests, to strengthen their authority and hold on the people, invented all sorts of ideas, pretending to be empowered with authority to pardon their sins. They held out to the people that the dead should rise at the end of this natural world. All this was not taught by Moses but crept into the church, which itself is only a sort of popular religious opinion and carries sway in men’ s minds even to this day. The church con-tained the belief of the people and as science was developed, the priests lost power over the people. And at the time Jesus appeared, they acted as doctors and cured the diseases of the people. When John appeared his teaching struck at the root of all this error and he said, The axe of science is laid at the root of the trees or theories and every tree or theory that cannot sustain ideas must be hewn down or destroyed. The fire of truth would burn them up. Their be-liefs made people sick, just according to the penalty attached to the crime or belief. For instance, the Jews believed that eating pork would produce scrofula; therefore they would not eat it and those who did eat could not help being disturbed by this belief. Where this error started I cannot say. Only, it was to satisfy the ignorant, so they would be better off not to eat the meat. This was for the poor at first and the aristocracy took advantage of it, just as the priests lay restrictions on the people but do as they like themselves. So you
 

see scrofula was the result of their belief and the remedy was total abstinence from pork; but as priesthood went down and their the-ory was exploded, the idea that pork produced scrofula was absurd. This last belief was worse than the first, for it made this disease a thing independent of pork and therefore the people were afraid of it. Here you see one disease let loose in society. Now to get rid of this disease, mankind must get nervous and wrought up to a very high state of excitement, ready to embrace any idea that the priests could invent. And as the priests lost their hold on the people, med-ical men were introduced. And at the time of Jesus, it was the com-plaint that the poor paid all they had to the priests and doctors and got no relief.
As the doctors got control of the popular mind, they invented dis-eases to humbug the people as the priests had done. At last they made a sort of compromise, the priests taking the souls of men into their charge and the doctors their bodies and between them both they almost destroyed body and soul. This was the state of society at the time of Jesus’ appearance. John saw all this humbug and warned the people against this pretense and foretold that someone would come who would put an end to all this priestcraft and doctoring. He did not know that disease was all in the mind, but thought that the mind had a great influence upon it. Jesus hearing of John and know-ing that he taught a new theory went to hear him explain his ideas. This was called baptism. So John baptized or explained to Jesus his ideas of priestcraft and its effect on the mind, but its remedy had never occurred to him. When Jesus heard John’s thought or was’ baptised, as he came from the water or understood his ideas, the heavens or truth was opened unto him and its voice descending from God or Science, said, This truth is the Son of God or Science.
Then he was led up into the mountains of his belief to be tempted by the errors of the world for the people were all ready to embrace him as king and the temptation he had to go through was against his interest as a man, for preaching this truth and opposing all the errors of his age was not a very pleasant thing. But he overcame them all and took his stand in opposition to all the world, denounc-ing the priests and doctors as a set of quacks who opposed the peo-ple, bound burdens on them and robbed widows and orphans. This
 

made them sick and nervous and the doctors came in for their share. Thus they suffered by these blind guides. Here is the difference be-tween Jesus’ ideas and the rest of the world. The belief of the world was confined to matter. They had never been taught that the senses were a separate identity from the body’s identity but they believed that man as you see him is all there is of him and when the body ceased to act it was dead and this ended man till the resurrection at the end of the world. Some had a different belief but they were all confined to this world.
To keep man in subjection to the laws, certain penalties were at-tached to every act, thus putting restrictions on the people for the benefit of society. These restrictions were called burdens and the people complained. They had no idea of right and wrong as we have now, but their only interest was in keeping clear of the laws or lash. If a person wanted anything belonging to his neighbor, he did not reason as we should, but like the beast, sought how he could get it without being caught. They reasoned like any person running a risk where dollars and cents are concerned. Not that their happiness or misery was involved in the act, but how to get what they wanted. How shall I get it was the question, not is it right or wrong, but shall I get caught and if so, how much shall I have to pay. So it was a speculation. The happiness was in stealing and evading the punish-ment and the misery was in paying the fine. This was the whole story and all their study was to take advantage of each other. Their religion was their laws which were all confined to their lives. So when they died they were free from the law and death ended their religious opinions and everything else. Therefore the living mourned for the dead and often hired others to help them mourn. Not that the dead knew anything, but that the living lost something. Neither was this mourning because they loved them, for they would kill any one to make a little money. In the case of selling Joseph to the Ishmaelites, they cared nothing about his life. Money was their God. So it was with Judas. He cared nothing for Jesus’ life; money was his object, for he had not yet the Christ or truth that Jesus taught.
Now where does Jesus differ from all other teachings? In every particular. His belief is founded on truth and is not of man, but of God or Science. Therefore, his priesthood was not of this world and
 

contained none of the church forms or ideas but taught that mis-ery would follow our acts. His theory was that the senses were not a part of our body and that they were affected by our belief, their . happiness or misery being in our belief, which belief was matter and could be changed by a power independent of itself. The science was to put people in mind of this fact, so it was necessary to produce cures on the people independent of anything but his word, for his words were the destruction of matter or disease. This showed man that his belief made his trouble, so he warned them against the bread or the doctrines of the Scribes and Pharisees, for they made them sick.
This was his mission—to show that if they robbed or otherwise injured their neighbor, rendering an equivalent would never cure the evil, but that their neighbor like themselves had eternal life. And just as they measured out it should be measured to them again, for ac-tion and reaction are equal and the knowledge of the result is in the thought or idea. For instance, if you want to put your hand in the fire, the knowledge of the result is in the thought. So it is in every act or desire or our lives. If we desire to get something from our neighbor without returning an equivalent, the answer is in the desire and the misery is in the answer. It will be as certain to follow, as a weight thrown in the air is sure to return with as much force as it received. Jesus tried to teach this and that was all, for his other world was this truth—that although they destroyed his identity of a body of flesh and blood, this Christ or science would exist and could take a form again. This truth is what he strove to teach his disciples and when he was about to be betrayed into the hands of his enemies, he sat down and performed his last act by talking over this new theory.
When he broke the truth and gave it to his disciples, he said, Eat this bread or theory for this is my Christ or truth. And then he said, Take this cup, or the result of our belief, which is the life of this truth or Christ and as long as you are interested and think about it, you do it in remembrance of me or Christ, till the Science is estab-lished on earth as it is in heaven. This was his last conversation with his disciples. Now how long did his disciples continue in this belief and how much did they understand of what he said? How much of
 

a reform did he effect through them according to his desire? Time has shown. The very moment he was arrested they left him and de-nied their action with him.
Judas had an idea of what he taught but it did not penetrate to the destruction of his old belief. His senses were in the two beliefs and when Christ or Jesus’ belief was in him, his old belief of dol-lars and cents was present, prompting him to make a little money. So he betrayed Jesus into the hands of his enemies. Jesus saw and knew this at the time he was talking over his belief in the form of a supper. He saw that Judas was honest but ignorant of Christ when he said, He that dippeth his finger in the cup shall betray me. Judas tried to understand more than all the rest and thought he did. Je-sus knew that he did not understand and knew that when the time came for him to stand up and defend the truth he would shrink. This was to him perfectly plain and so it was in regard to them all. The fact was that Jesus taught a new doctrine so hard to understand that it was impossible to teach it to the people. The disciples thought they understood it, but when asked to prove it they were unable to ex-plain, and so denied him. But the females who always have more sagacity than the men, though of more delicate physical structure and of silent influence, understood him. They were the ark wherein were deposited the tablets of stone or Moses’ laws and all of the rules of the world in regard to spiritual knowledge that the wisdom of men do not contain. They had more to do with the crucifixion of Jesus. The women bore the ark in Moses’ day. They have always been a sort of reservoir to hold the new ideas that the world has brought forth in their ignorance. They are the first to catch any new ideas and the last to let them go till every particle of truth is drawn out, as the humming bee finds honey in the flower where the wasp sees none. Now at the time when Jesus was put to death, he had been teaching this truth, that the senses of men were not confined to this body, but could act apart from it, and what a person believed, he, that is the power that governs the senses, could put his senses into and then the senses would be affected just according to his belief. So that our happiness or misery is in our belief. This is what he tried to prove and did, but the disciples did not understand it till he put this part of it into practice. Then their minds were changed. They
 

saw him dead; to them this was all there was, the end of all men, as they were taught . Now to see him rise again was the introduction of the new heaven or belief. This was a very exciting thing. If he did not rise, then their talk was all in vain and all Jesus said went for nothing. The people could eat and drink as they had done and there was no proof that the senses were not really confined to flesh and blood.
This of course excited mankind and this was the great problem to be solved, but how it was to take place was a mystery. So vari-ous opinions came up as to how the dead should rise. Now in all this excitement there were some enthusiastic persons, who never get any-thing right except what they cannot help. These often try to help a matter on, as the Spiritualists help on the communications from the dead when they are produced with difficulty. It was so with this problem. There were those who did not understand that Jesus never alluded to his flesh and blood but to his senses (which was all that ever had any life), that they should take form and be seen by his dis-ciples to prove that all men had the same senses as Jesus had. This they could not understand, so they did what all crazy-headed en-thusiasts would have done. They stole the body of Jesus away, for fear that the body of Jesus should not rise and then all this new the-ory would be exploded. So when the Christ or Science took form and showed itself to the people they were afraid and trembled. This was natural, but when assured it was the Christ taking the form of the man Jesus, they believed. This would lead some to suppose that the crucifixion was all a humbug and that Jesus was not dead. So they went to the sepulchre to see if the body was there. Now if Je-sus’ body had been there, as it ought to have been, then the problem would have been solved, but lo! and behold! the body was gone! This left the people in the dark and gave them a chance to call up doubts whether he was really dead or not and these doubts which exist to this day commenced the controversy on that subject.
Paul speaks of it and it has never been explained if these en-thusiasts had left the body of Jesus in the tomb, this was proof enough to establish the truth of Jesus’ doctrine: that the senses could exist independent of this idea or body. Now if the senses exist in-dependent of the body, then the body is nothing but an idea that
 

the senses are attached to. So when the senses are attached to any-thing, they are a part of the same. When we attach the senses to any-thing that has life, its life or identity has around it an odor or heat that is the prison that the senses are confined in. And to liberate the senses is to destroy the prison or atmosphere, that they may act freely. As all our unhappiness arises from our belief, it is necessary that we should understand what influence is controlling us. We are told that God brought to man all living creatures to see what Adam would call them and he gave names to all of them so that to every sensation made on the mind, the senses had to give a right expla-nation in order that man should not be led away by false explana-tions. The science is to separate the error from the truth or the law from the gospel.
The laws of Moses have passed through many modifications and some have been repealed, others modified and amended to suit so-ciety, up to this day. The laws of Jesus are the same today as they were when they fell from his lips and in all his teaching no word ever escaped him that put any restrictions on man. If Jesus ever gave an opinion, he gave it as such not as a truth but as an opinion of the man Jesus, but when he spoke of Christ, he spoke no restrictions or commands. I will give a few of the teachings of Christ, showing the difference between his opinions of mankind and the religious opinions of the world. These last never imposed any moral restraint:
an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. Self was the ruling pas-sion and all laws were made with the idea of restraining the people to keep them under so that the rich could ride over the poor. This made them jealous and crafty. The priests never instructed the peo-ple in the idea of taking care of themselves, but bound burdens on them in the form of beliefs. These beliefs embraced all kinds of evil spirits. This made them nervous and according to my belief would make them create in their minds all kinds of evil spirits, thus mak-ing them more nervous. Thi.s was worse than the old Mosaic law, for that put the misery in the penalty and their penalties only made the misery.
The priests found that their laws were not sufficient to lead the people, so they invented evil spirits or ghosts to frighten them so that they could control them. I will show you how to form an evil spirit and how it will get hold of you. Take a child whose mind is all right.
 

You have something that the child wants and the law says if I take it I must pay four times its value. Now the child wants it and con-trives every way to get it. This makes it nervous and it grows more and more nervous to have its desire gratified. It knows no princi-ple of right or wrong and thinks it has a right to whatever it sees. It is under no restriction except the law and this law is of no force to the child. So some evil or ghost is invented to frighten the child into submission. Now the introduction of this last evil has given rise to more evils than all the laws of Moses, for then if a person wanted to steal anything, the punishment was in the detection or fine. If the child stole a thing of no value the law could not take cognizance of that, so they were obliged to get up some other humbug to keep the young in subjection. This brought out all the talent of the wise who invented all kinds of evil spirits or introduced the old Egyptian er-rors into the world again and now you will see relics of Egyptian su-perstition .
Moses tried to free his people from it, but as his laws never rea-soned at all, the people obeyed them through fear. So the world has been humbugged even to this day by blind guides leading the blind. Ignorance and superstition have invented all sorts of beliefs and as the senses are something independent of our belief we put them into our belief and all the misery that we suffer is the heat or odor that arises from our belief. This heat or odor is matter and our senses are in it like a person in prison. And when I come into this prison or atmosphere it affects me just as it does the person who is in it. This atmosphere is the prison or place of torment and this is heated up by their belief. So when I change their belief the fire of ignor-ance or the heat subsides and their senses are relieved from a bur-den that binds them down.
As disease is a belief, it has never entered into their minds or senses that their belief is the cause of their trouble. Let this be made plain to the people and then they will not say one to another, Know you this truth! but it will be so plain that any person of ordinary ability can see it. These beliefs will give way to Science and super-stition and bigotry will be driven out of the minds of men and the Bible will stand on the rock of Science. Then when a person under-takes to say to you, Believe this or that, the people will say to such, Show me your belief by your works to the sick, as Jesus showed his
 

belief in his day. Then all hypocrisy and deception will be driven from the land. The minds of men will take a more elevated stand and men will be just what their works show them to be. Then when a doctor comes to you and you have to tell him all your feelings and your health is in his belief, you will see that his belief is not one whit better than the priests, who tell you a story about what they have not the slightest evidence of in truth. Then the people will take their beliefs into their own hands and will purge their minds from all these false superstitions that lay burdens on them and bind them on their shoulders in the form of rheumatism, neuralgia and a thousand other diseases for the benefit of the profession.
The people will see that God never bound anyone, only by love for one another and this love knows no ill-will towards its neighbor. It calls no one master but one and that is God or Science and Science never made man or child unhappy to know it. It sometimes makes them unhappy in getting it. This is where all the trouble is. Men who are lazy would rather give an opinion on a scientific subject than to investigate it . All religious opinions are embraced without the slight-est investigation, for if they try to investigate, it makes them ner-vous. This makes them create in their mind the identity of their belief. They attach their senses to their ideas and their misery is in their belief. So it has always been; men would always rather give an opinion than investigate a principle. Phenomena have always taken place which the wisdom of the world has undertaken to explain. So when such take place, they are handed over to the wise men to ex-plain as though God’s laws depended on man’s wisdom or intelli-gence for an explanation.
All new theories are opposed by the wise who never admit them, till the truth of them is so apparent that their opinions are not wanted for their success. Then they come in and steal the thunder, claim the discovery, cheating the inventor out of his birth right by pressing him till he, like Esau, will sell all for a mess of pottage. This is human nature. It was just so in Jesus’ days. The priests and doc-tors tried to buy him out but Jesus told them that to put his ideas or truths in theirs would be like putting new wine into old bottles, their bottles being of leather would burst and the wine would run out. To the priests he said that their theory was like an old worn gar-ment and to put his truth into theirs would be like mending an old
 

garment with new cloth. It would tear out and make the rend wider. So when they saw that they could not do anything with him and that he was going to make his theory or doctrine popular, they were afraid and said, Our craft is in danger. So they got the people en-raged by telling lies and representing him as their enemy while he was their best friend. They cried, Crucify him, for our craft is in danger!
The silversmiths would lose their chance of selling their gods, for his ideas struck at all idolatry. So they crucified the man Jesus, thinking that they were destroying the Christ, but when this same Christ appeared again, they were afraid. Jesus’ belief was very sim-ple but the people’s superstition has put a false construction on it and it was a stumbling block to the Jews and to the Greeks, fool-ishness. But truth proves itself.
If was then and is now believed that Jesus was trying to prove another world apart from this. Now there is not the slightest evi-dence that he ever hinted at a world independent of man’s senses. On the contrary, all his acts went to show that he never harbored such an idea. I will now state what I believe Jesus’ belief was and the people may take it for what it is worth. Jesus never believed in any world at all as the people do now. The old world was the old beliefs of the old testament and no one believes that the writers of that refer to anything but their beliefs, for their own safety; for at death all was ended. Jesus believed that our senses were not a part of this natural body; that death was an unbelief and that the senses lived. So if the people could understand that their senses lived, then death was swallowed up in victory and that belief vanished.
This was all taught as doctrine. This if believed would put away all superstition and upset all forms and priestcraft, so they said, Cru-cify him! It would not do to have such a fellow among us. And af-ter the deed was done, the priests and doctors gave a turn to public opinion and explained Jesus’ ideas on their own ground and the peo-ple could not see the cheat but embraced it. So what is religion now? It is about as near Jesus’ ideas as democracy is near the old-fashioned republicanism of Jefferson’s day. And if the disciples were here now, hearing the ideas advanced, it would be as new to them as their ideas would be to the people in our days. Religion like po-litics is undergoing a change all the time and has just about as much
 

to do with enlightening the minds of the men as political parties. It is like a sort of irritation to keep up investigation, like any error. The church is good in its place and like laws will act upon the sim-pile and ignorant till they are ready to embrace Christ’s truth of do-ing to another as you would that another should do to you. As this is understood, the religion of man goes out of fashion. But it will be a long time, for they have decked it up like a fashionable saloon equal to Solomon’s temple.
If Jesus was here now he would not be permitted to talk in the churches. And if he had the privilege he would not find that class of people that he associated with when on earth, for they can’t at-tend meetings; it is too expensive. It takes quite a sum to hire seats for a whole family so only one or two can afford to be religious; the rest have to stay at home or go to a cheaper kind. Like saloons, there are all kinds of religions to suit customers and like doctors, they want to make something by their profession. So you see it is the same as it was in Christ’s day. They have turned the houses of the Lord into houses of merchandise and fancy goods and preach for doctrines the commands of men. They thus show that there is not one particle of truth in all they say, for if it was true it would not change and religion like all other fashions changes every year, show-ing it does not contain one single true idea or one atom of science. Now let Christ or truth be preached: that man’s senses will always exist; that he is just what he makes himself and that his happiness is in his belief and his belief contains his character. It must be taught that man’s act are governed by his belief, his happiness or misery being the fruits of his belief. His belief is the two worlds. To be in ignorance or error is in one world, misery and pain being the fruits. Science and truth is the other and happiness and peace is the reward. So man has these two worlds in him and he is the subject of the one he obeys and God rewards everyone according to his acts. I find no allusion to any world independent of man’s senses, only in the brain of a superstitious world.
 
 

Parables
 

All the parables that Jesus made were to establish the kingdom of heaven or God’s science in this world of man’s mind. This science was to put man in possession of a knowledge superior to the natural man, so to the natural man it was a mystery. They could not under-stand how there could be any power which could see the workings in the natural man’s thoughts. So to establish this was not an easy task. This cannot be told literally to the natural man because it is not of matter. The only way it can be taught is by illustration.
It has generally been supposed by all the wisdom of this world that Jesus wanted to teach a resurrection from his body and that man should go to a place independent of this globe. This being his be-lief he had to illustrate it by parables. Now as absurd as this idea is, it is the belief of nine-tenths of the people of this world. Now let us look at it one moment.
If there is another world independent of this natural world, then I have no doubt that the parables were intended to refer to it; but there seems to be in the minds of all those who believe in this old theory another idea warring against the old one. It is like this: that the other world is only a state of mind and that Jesus never intended to teach the resurrection of the body and that heaven is not a place but a state of mind that will follow us after death. So you see that even with this idea all believe in death. This places man in the same state that Paul was after he was converted to the truth of science. He would often find himself talking or thinking upon these truths and his old superstitious ideas would come and nearly upset him. So that at the time he would exclaim! When I would do good or think right, my old ideas are present with me and that truth that I would like to understand I cannot, for my old ideas or evil thoughts are present with me. So it is no more I, the man Paul, but the old theory, Saul, that is present with me.
So you see that most of the writers of the old and new testaments
 

are explaining the difference between good and bad or error and wis-dom. Error and misery make up one character of man, ignorance another. Wisdom is science and has a character of its own unlike all others. It contains no sensation; it is wisdom and nothing else; that is God. Man is in the other two characters and is made up of matter, with this wisdom in it; so this wisdom is in the matter or mind and the mind or matter knows it not. This wisdom is like the chicken in embryo. It grows and breaks the shell and then assumes a character in another element. So science is in ignorance and it grows till it bursts through the shell of superstition and then assumes a character. These two characters are not known in the natural world. The scientific world of wisdom knows the two, but the natural man knows it not. These two characters are in every person and are the cause of all the trouble in the world. The standard of science is not admitted in the natural world and never will be as long as knowledge is looked upon as a gift or power. So long as this state of mind exists, it keeps up a warfare of opinions. I will give an il-lustration to show where the trouble is. Wisdom is not puffed up; error is. Wisdom is not vain of itself, error is. Wisdom is not de-pendent on matter for an existence; error is. Wisdom cannot be de-stroyed; error can. Wisdom is God; error is matter. And as man is matter, God put Wisdom into matter to control matter for its own happiness. God contains neither happiness nor misery of himself. Happiness and misery are in the act of matter, not of wisdom.

August 1860
 
 

Spiritual Truth or Wisdom
[orig. PARABLES II]
 

How shall I illustrate this spiritual truth or wisdom? I will call it a king, who made a great feast or science for man his son. So he sends wisdom into the minds to call or reason about this great feast or science. They, that is their errors, prevented them from under-
 

standing, so he sent other ideas or arguments to convince the error so that it could understand. But the error made light of the truth and went their way and would not reason so that it could not get any foothold as yet. So the error ridiculed any idea that would rise in the minds that this truth ever could be reduced to a science. They discarded from their minds all idea of a science but admitted it as a gift or power. So when the king had failed to reduce this truth to a science because of the errors of the age, it was wroth and it sent forth its power and destroyed these errors that were murdering its science, and by its truth burnt up their old theory or society. Then said he, the wedding or science is ready to be understood by man (or the son).

August 1860
 
 
 

Jesus’ Parables of Another World
[orig. ANOTHER WORLD]
 

The question is often asked why Jesus spoke in parables to con-vince the people of another world. Why not tell the simple story and not mystify everything, so that even his own disciples could not un-derstand him. I will admit that there is something in that question that looks dark, but when one understands what Jesus was trying to establish or teach, it will give you a very different slant on his ideas. The first question should be: what was Jesus trying to establish—not take it for granted it was another world. It is gener-ally believed that it was to establish a belief in a future state or world beyond this material world and it was necessary for him to come from heaven to earth in order for him to teach this great truth and to show the people that he really did come from heaven; and to make them believe, he must show a sign or do something a little above the rest of mankind. How natural it is to mystify everything so that the ignorant cannot understand! Men do not want to think;
 

so if they can only get rid of investigating a phenomenon and at-tributing it to an invisible power so that they stand just as well as their neighbors, that is all they want. There is another class called the wise men, who have been set up as oracles of wisdom. To them everything that starts up must take its rise from their fountain, or they will open their flood gates and overflow the little streams that are trickling over the rocks and pebbles of their superstition.
It is too much labor to be a hewer of wood; so if you take a per-son of eminence and make him a laborer, he will say like the sloth-ful servant that truth is a hard master . So such persons will hide their talent because they will not put themselves on a level with the thinkers of their age, but rather lie still and cry, Crucify him, for our craft is in danger! The people take the cue and fall upon him with staff and stone or ridicule till they have put him down. Then those wise men rise in their majesty and praise the people for their good sense in putting down the very person who is their friend. This was the case with Jesus; the opposition came from the wisest men or class of men who led the people [supposedly] for their own good. This course taken by the wisdom of this world has always opposed all science ever since the commencement of the world. For when science is established the wisdom of this world has to yield, but a hard battle must be fought before the science is established.
So when Jesus commenced his reform he was despised of all men, misrepresented by fools and construed by knaves and hated by priests and doctors. They thought as they do now: our craft is in danger, so they called him infidel and imposter. When they cruci-fied Jesus they put such a construction on his acts as they pleased and instead of giving his ideas, they gave just such an opinion as anyone would expect from those who wanted to keep the people in subjection and ignorance. Thus they have explained Jesus’ mean-ing just according to their ideas. Now the Bible is in the hands of the people and they can all read and judge for themselves and every one has a right in this land of liberty to give his own opinion in regard to the Bible. I will avail myself of the same liberty as others. All I ask of you is to lay aside all prejudices and listen to my expla-nation of Jesus’ mission in the world. I will state what I intend to prove, and afterwards, I will prove it by his works and my own and leave it to the people to judge which is the most natural
 

construction—the priests or mine. I will now give my opinion. I take this ground, that Jesus never intended to teach any kind of religion, acknowledged by any religious class of people, but opposed all kinds of religion of his days and ours. Secondly, I say he never meddled with any institution or laws made by the people. Thirdly, he never put any restrictions on man but left him a free agent to do just as he pleased, but subject to the laws of men, for God never made a law. All laws are the inventions of men, not of God and Jesus’ king-dom or truth was not of this world but of science. His religion was a science and science was never known to have any connection with ignorance .
There are two standards: one is ignorance of science. It belongs to that class of intellect or wisdom that is of this world and can be detected as easily as you can detect any other error. The difference between the two is this: the wisdom of this world tells what others know. It takes memory of events and the history of the learned for science. But science talks what it knows and stands ready to prove it by works.
Here is the difference in men. A great man is one who can remem-ber anything he ever heard and repeat every person’s opinion but has no idea of his own. He stands ready to prove all he says by his standard, so if he is doubted, he shows you his authority. Thus he is a sort of court or town record that is ready to receive any opin-ion that is supposed to be true, having the court or town stamps— this makes a learned man. A truly scientific man is a book of na-ture, understood, so that he can prove all he says. He is made not of opinions but of wisdom, and never refers to old authors but proves all things by his science. His memory of events or names or places, he has no shelf to put on, for to him they are only as an amendment. He listens to persons having that knowledge as a par-ent listens to a child to hear him give an account of some play or story that amuses him for the time. In his leisure hours, he seeks such men as a person goes to a play for the sake of amusement, not ex-pecting to realize any true wisdom. This sort of amusement is of this world and is well expressed by Shakespeare when he says, “All the world’s a stage and all men are players,” etc. This is the case and as science is a stranger to this world it comes into this world and pays tribute money, to be instructed in all things pertaining to the world.
 

It pays the clergy for their opinions of truth or science of this world for its own amusement. It asks questions of the wise men about it-self as science, as Jesus did, to hear what kind of answers they gave to this spiritual world.
This world is very strict . It worships science as a power not known and is very strict in regard to its followers. It erects standards to this unknown God or science, for it is a God not known to this world, but the world of science is in it. Now as Jesus came from this world of science, he was a stranger in this land and liable to its laws. So that his mission, like all science, being to destroy error, he must come into the world of error to lead the science that is imprisoned in this world of error to the truth or health. Jesus knew that God or science was not in their worship, that all it did was to keep science down and retard it. So he must, like Sampson, throw firebrands into their minds so as to get up a dis-union in order to dissolve the bands or burdens that kept them down. He knew that the people knew not what they did or believed. They never had any science about their belief and had not the slightest idea of what it was or how it could be altered. They never dreamed that to be good was a science, so that all their goodness was based on fear, either of being punished by the laws or being destroyed by the science that they called God. Thus, all their prayers were to this science, not to destroy them. For as the truth came, their life or error was destroyed. So Jesus said in the name of Christ or Science, “He, that is error, that loseth his life or opinion for my sake or science shall find it.” So to under-stand Christ or Truth was to forsake opinions and embrace truth, and not to receive an opinion from anyone who knew nothing about what he affirms.
He told them how to know the difference. If any man say I am Christ and have not the evidence, only resting on an opinion, be-lieve him not, for there shall be many theories and beliefs founded on opinions. So try them and see whether they are based on science or error. (Mark 13:2 1). If they are based on science they can stand the test of investigation. But if based on error, you will hear a voice like the mighty winds and the earth shall be shaken to its founda-tion and every idea shall arise and they will make as much ado as the devils did when Jesus told them to depart. Men have to be ques-tioned in regard to their belief, for it won’t stand the fire of science.
 

So they rail and foam, and if that will not do, they escape into the wilderness or run headlong into the sea of public opinion where the common opinion holds them. To attack public opinion is a risk; this Jesus had to run. Now Jesus’ world, that God or Science was in, was science. And when he came from science he came to this world of ignorance and superstition. It may be necessary to give some idea of Jesus’ knowledge of this other world and where he differed from the leaders of his time. Jesus’ two worlds were science and ignor-ance. Therefore, science can come from its world and go to error and release that science that is bound by error. These are the two worlds and Jesus never intended to teach any other. Now what is the difference between these two worlds. I will try to show.
This world is made up of all kinds of deception, superstition and ignorance, all based on heathen superstition governed by leaders of theories which are based on opinions and do not have the slightest foundation in truth. These two worlds are in and around every one. The natural world is in man, looking out and prophesying about the other world. The scientific world is outside of man and sees all the natural man’s ideas of science, as the musician sees the errors of the natural man in regard to music. All science is inspiration and from a spirit world far above the natural man. The natural man has found it out and submits to it as a science. Now in all science God is not known by the natural man. His God is in his ignorance of himself. So when he prays he never prays to any science or wisdom; there-fore he thinks all the phenomena he sees are the natural result of the development of man. But being ignorant of science he is not a fit judge of the phenomena that he may chance to see or hear. And being ignorant of himself, he applies the same rules to others. It may be a good rule but there are exceptions to all the rules, so I will make an exception to this: for error is not accountable for its acts as truth is. If a scientific man does wrong he knows it, but if he is wrong from ignorance there is no right in it, so there is no sin to him. Science tells you that fire will burn your hand and you cannot put your hand into the fire ignorant, when you know it. So you cannot commit that wrong without suffering punishment, for your punish-ment is in your knowledge and not in the fire.
Now suppose you are a child and do not know fire. You see it and as all children do, you want it, or a piece of the red hot coal. Your
 

ignorant desire for the coal excites you and you put your hand into the fire. The sensation frightens you just as much as though you had put your hand into a dog’s mouth and been bitten. The sensation produces fright; then comes reason. You reason about the fire as though it contained life and would hurt you, so the fire and the dog are to you just the same. As you stand weeping, some one comes up and tries to soothe you by telling you to keep away from the dog or fire and not get hurt, but makes no distinction between them. So the child sees the dog can move around and thinks the fire is the same as the dog. He shuns them both alike, but puts intelligence in the fire. Now the child grows up with all the ignorance of his youth till he becomes a man. Then he takes his place with other men and knows nothing of science. So it sees a sort of intelligence in every-thing it does not know and reasons how to keep clear of every phenomenon it happens to see. At last in its ignorance it prays to this enemy; so it worships all things that it cannot comprehend. It puts God into everything; therefore, in its ignorance it gets up a sort of creed or belief to offer up a prayer to this invisible power, to which it has given the name of God and it lives and dies in the fear of it. It worships and pretends to adore it. So when it goes into the water, it prays that the water will not drown it. It sees God in all danger and prays to it to have mercy on it till it can get clear of the enemy it worships. This is the religious man.
Now where stands Jesus as a man? Not Christ. Jesus knew that all this was hypocrisy, fear and ignorance. He made a difference be-tween his God and their God. He knew that their God was a devil, so he said to them, You worship ye know not what; I know what I worship. Again, he says: You are the children of the devil; he was a liar and abode not in the truth. The people in their ignorance want leaders and they will hire them. These leaders know that the peo-ple put trust in them and they know that they are not worthy of tak-ing the high responsibility of leading or instructing them. So their first prayer is correct when they say that they are not worthy to take the Lord’s or Science’s name upon their lips. This is true for God is true and those who worship Him must worship Him in spirit and in truth. So when a person is all the time crying Lord, or Truth, never showing any fruits, beware of such, for they are wolves in sheep’s clothing. Jesus told them that all this was hypocrisy and this
 

made them crucify him. The priests never taught the people anything except for the benefit of their craft. The leaders must have a living and a pretty good one. This deception could not be kept up but must go down before the progress of science in the people’s minds. All science was confined to the leaders and was of this world. It made them crafty and inventive of all sorts of humbug to keep the peo-pile in subjection. This kept the people superstitious and led to sor-cery and witchcraft. So deception became the order of the day, so much so that they got frightened at their own beliefs and passed laws to keep it down, just as though the development of science must be under the ignorance of this world.
Jesus saw all this and as the people were groaning under the yokes or beliefs that bound them down, he said, Come unto me all ye that labor and are heavy laden and I will give you rest to your soul by explaining to you the cause of your trouble. When he commenced explaining to the people, the explanation was to save them from the misery of this world of belief and to introduce a science or kingdom, where there would be no offering up of prayer or forgiving of sins but a consciousness or science that would put them in possession of a knowledge of themselves, which the natural man knew nothing of. When Jesus says, Take my yoke upon you, he means my wisdom or science. That is easy, for it contains no restrictions. This, to the people was something new, so they reasoned together like people who want to get some information. This setting the people to reason-ing was a stumbling block to the Jews and foolishness to the Greeks, for they had no idea that the people could govern themselves. So he took up the laws of Moses and gave them common ideas of them. Then he showed them a more perfect law of love that bound them together by sympathy, not of this world but of science. The people had never known that a good act must proceed from a goodness that they felt. The priests had never taught such a thing. So goodness was a sort of low wisdom and only applied to the poor. To try to be good without having any reward in view was of no use and the person who put any religion into it was as ignorant as the swine or dogs.
Now here was where Jesus struck at the root of error. He says, Every plant or science that is not planted by wisdom shall be rooted up and goes on to tell the people what his kingdom of heaven was. It was peace and joy in the Holy Ghost or Truth. He explained to
 

them by illustrating the difference in the motives that govern the peo-pile. Therefore he said, Except ye become as little children you can-not enter into the kingdom of God or Science. Now every one knows that a little child has no idea of what man calls right or wrong, but might is right. So to become as a child means that you must not be under any restriction that prevents you from doing just as you please.
Suppose you were in this state and Jesus and one of the priests called on you to teach you the wisdom of this world, and you should put this question to the priest. I want my neighbor’s ox for my family to eat, can I not take it? The priest says, No. Why not? Be-cause it would be stealing and that is not right. Why? I want it and see no reason why I cannot have it. I am stronger than he is and am not afraid of him. We know that and the wisdom of this world has seen fit to make a law that if you steal an ox you shall pay five oxen back. Well suppose I kill the owner, then there will be no one to tell, what can they do? The Great Spirit will catch you. How? Why he has a place where he puts all who do not repent of their sins. What sins? Stealing from each other. How must I repent? By asking this Great power to forgive you. Will he do it? Yes, if you are sincere. What is that? Say you won’t do it again. Is that all? Yes. Well if that is all that is easy enough. Oh, you must confess it to the priest and he will lay your case before the Great Spirit and get your sins for-given. Why cannot I do it? Because God has appointed certain men to attend to that for his special purposes. Then if I steal, as you call it, I must pay the man four times as much. Yes. Suppose I steal and he never finds it out, will the Great Spirit know it? Yes, he knows all things. What will he do? Just what I told you, if you do not con-fess to the priest and tell him all you have done. What does the priest get for his trouble? Does the Great Spirit pay him? No. Who does? The person who steals. So if I steal and you are a priest, I must pay you for getting the Great Spirit to let me off? Yes. Then won’t he hurt or punish me? No. Does he not have anything to do with the laws of man? No. Then if the laws of man do not catch me, you can clear me from God’s punishment. Yes. Well I understand.
So religion is made up of rewards and punishments, not of good works, lest any man should boast. Goodness is a sort of clever fel-low, always in the way of the religious man. An honest man at heart
 

is the greatest eyesore that a Christian can have. He is as bad as a man who never drank or smoked or chewed tobacco is to the tem-perance party. He must be of them or he is the worst enemy the party has to contend with. So it is with all hypocrites. True good-ness, not hypocrisy, is the worst enemy that religion has to contend with. For an honest and upright man is the noblest work of God or Science, but the religious man is of his father, the devil and his works, he will do. Now I do not intend to apply these ideas to any particular man or class of men but to all. We all have religion or er-ror and we all have some science or wisdom of God. Religion is our superstition and belongs to the natural man. Science is spiritual and belongs to the spiritual man. Paul had these two characters; there-fore, when he would do good, his old religion was present and that which he would do, his old ideas prevented him [from doing]; so it was not science that did wrong but his old religion that was in him. Jesus had the same enemy to contend with. If he had listened to the voice of religion of his day he might have been king of the Jews but enemy to all science. Honesty or doing unto another as you would have another do to you was not just the thing, for it struck at the root of all their religion. It made man a responsible being to him-self and put into his mind a truth that would show him to act from a higher motive than religion. It teaches us that God is in science and not in ignorance, that might is right for the religious world; but for the scientific world, action and reaction are equal. And just as we measure out to another, just so it shall be measured back to us, and no priest or prayer of this world can stay the hand of this law.
So Christ dies for all and Jesus abandoned all his heathen religion and worshipped God or Science, laid down his life or science for the world so that all can enjoy it if they will only forsake their father or their old creeds and embrace Christ or Science. This will wash away all superstition. This was the religion of Jesus. To be a disci-ple of Jesus you must forsake all these forms and ceremonies, for in sacrifices and prayers he has no sympathy. But to worship this Christ as Jesus did is to worship it in spirit and in truth . This religion was blasphemy. So they crucified him, and parted his garment or Science, and drew lots for it. The doctors took that part which ap-plied to healing and the priests that which applied to preaching. So the people are just about as wise as they were before. Christ or
 

Science is in the world, not in the church or medical faculty but in the hearts of the people, working itself along.

July 1860
 
 
 

Right and Wrong
PART 2
 

What is right and wrong? The question involves more thought than a person at first would suppose. We often hear persons using this expression: this or that is right or wrong. When asked to define the word wrong, they use some comparison admitted by some old superstitious opinion, all without any authority. All persons claiming to be Christians always appeal to the Bible for the proof of all good-ness, believing that the Bible is the foundation of all truth. I am will-ing to abide by the decision of this great book, believing it is the best authority to decide all questions in dispute, but I am not willing to take any person’s opinion on a subject where he cannot show any wisdom above his followers, only that he has read and studied more than his neighbors. The Bible is in the hands of the people just as much as the science of mathematics is in the hands of the people and all will admit that this wisdom is known by its works. So it is with the Bible. The Bible is in the hands of the people and they will give their verdict just according to the evidence that is placed before them.
Now what idea does the Bible give us in regard to right and wrong? All will admit that God has no use for such a word as right, for he never made anything wrong. So he is not the author of right and wrong; for when he had made all things and finished them, he pronounced them good so that there was no wrong at any time. But there was not a man to till the ground, so that right and wrong com-menced after the formation of man and good and evil was of man, not of God. To create evil was to deviate from good, so that right and wrong were the invention of man; for one man cannot make
 

right and wrong—there must be two to be in opposition to each other. The natural man knows no right and wrong, for he is but little above the brute creation. The brutes cannot do wrong according to their organization for might is right with them. The natural man is on the same platform with the brute, neither is responsible for their acts, but both are governed by two powers superior to themselves. These powers are might and science. Might is law, science is sym-pathy or charity or a knowledge of both. Science is not expected from the brute, so that they being ignorant of science, it holds them in subjection. Man, who is a little above the brutes, shows his wis-dom or power in the same way that the brutes do, by enslaving his fellow man. All of this is the natural man and belongs to this world. It does not come under any law except the law of might. It has never heard of science in its acts.
Man is made up of these two characters: might and science, so that all laws to the natural man are arbitrary and overbearing, but as might or law is right man must submit. Although he may see the error, he cannot correct the evil. Now what is right and wrong and how came such a standard in the world and is it needed for the hap-piness of man? This was the question in the days of Jesus. He called these two powers the law and the gospel. The law was might and the gospel was Christ or Science, so that what the law failed to do was left for science to accomplish. Science or Christ in Jesus entered into the world of might and introduced a higher law that put an end to the law of might.
I will now show how naturally the idea of right and wrong came into the world. As man and beast were in the world together, the beast having more physical strength than man would overpower him unless the strength of the beast were counteracted by some shrewd-ness of man for his protection. So in the course of human progres-sion it became necessary for man to establish some sort of agreement that would bind them together for the protection of their lives. This agreement, if made in good faith, with the full knowledge of the good that would follow, and admitted by all, was the introduction of the wisdom of God into the hearts of all those who acknowledged it good. Now to them this was binding, for it produced a chemical change that made man different from the beast. Thus they in-troduced the wisdom of God into man and called it right and to vary from this agreement was wrong. This was the origin of right and
 

wrong. This agreement contained no law, for it was of God. It con-tained no punishment, for it knew no fear.
As wisdom in man is science, it is progression, so that the develop-ment of this wisdom is progression. As man progressed, it would not be strange for him to violate this agreement, which violation was not a violation of law but a breach of honor. They were a law to themselves. But other men were not bound to their agreement; so as people multiplied, it became necessary, so they thought, to in-troduce laws. As laws have penalties they are burdens to all who are under the law. So as the law entered, the love of God or Science grew cold. At last the wisdom of man took the place of science and science was not known in the hearts of men. Then man set up a standard of right and wrong according to his wisdom and attached a penalty to each act according to his best judgment. To disobey the laws that man set up, they had to suffer the penalties.
Now as the world became populated, the laws took cognizance of the people’s acts, and as they knew no law, to them these laws were arbitrary and overbearing and they murmured for they had no voice in the making of the laws . Thus man invented the words, right and wrong. This wisdom has been kept up and has been placed in the hands of the priests and doctors . They bind on the people their opinions and call them laws of God and to disobey them is a sin. These laws have placed man in bondage and kept him ignorant of himself. God never made a law. Might is right with the beast and when man wants to govern his fellow men he has just as much right to do it as any other beast. Both are under no law but [that of] man and if they are sincere, they have no more feeling than any other brute and it becomes the duty of Science to make some law for its own safety until a higher law can be introduced within their hearts that will teach them that action and reaction are equal and to injure another, we injure ourselves; to teach them that man and beast are born equal and that the natural man has no preeminence over the brute, but all were of the dust and must return to the dust again.
So man when he was first introduced into the world was on a level with the brute and as a tree is known by its fruits, so is man known by his acts. Now as science has proved to all persons understand-ing it, that the true wisdom of Science is progression, to oppose progression is to oppose science. As disease is an enemy to truth or science it is a hard master and the sick person is a slave, and while
 

I pity the sick person or slave, I detest the law which holds them in bondage. I would not destroy the evil by killing the master, but per-suade the sick not to believe in him, as Jesus did when he told the people to do all that the law compelled them to do but not to be-lieve in the doctrines. For their doctrines are of this world’s opin-ions and are not binding on strangers. And to admit them as truth is to acknowledge their punishments just. There are two kinds of punishments. Every one is either punished by the laws of agreement or the condemnation of their own free will.
I will now try to separate these two agreements or laws, for all laws are made by man and in all I say I do not allude to God at all for God is not known in the natural man, while the scientific man is a part of God and to talk about God is to talk about something you do not know, while to talk science, is God. Now science talks or applies itself to the errors of the world. Error talks about itself and talks about God or science as a stranger or a being to whom they pay tribute. So they think it is necessary for the happiness of mankind to keep up a sort of form or ceremony to promote his king-dom. Therefore, certain laws are established, accompanied with penalties for the good of the community. These laws were for those who were strangers, while those who agreed to the contract and un-derstood it were free. I will give you one illustration of the truth of this contract called law and show where the injustice is . Suppose that the state of Maine should vote that murder was wrong and pray that the legislature should abolish the law for murder. The legislature comes together and takes up the petition giving it a thorough inves-tigation. It comes to the conclusion to send it to the petitioners to see if they in their wisdom are prepared to adopt it as their rule of action.
Here is the contract. “We, the science of God or the representa-tives of Him and you, after a full and deliberate investigation of the wisdom of this world, have come to the conclusion that the time has arrived when man shall throw off this old law of this world and sub-stitute a higher and better law that shall be set up in everyone’s heart, to do unto others as you would that they should do unto you. There-fore, we, as well as you, do hereby agree and bind ourselves, not strangers but ourselves, the people of Maine, that we will respect each other as far as your petition goes and call science to witness that if we violate this contract we shall be judged guilty of one of
 

the most disgraceful acts ever done by man. This law shall be placed in the forehead of all those who come into this contract, and the punishment for murder, according to this act, shall not be binding on anyone who signs or comes into this agreement. So that every one who commits murder according to this act is judged of himself and the world as a murderer, having forfeited all claims to honor and is looked upon as a murderer and outcast by the world and by the signers of this contract. The old law shall be kept in force for strangers or persons coming among us, but we shall not be punished by the old law of this world. All persons who see fit to murder one of the signers of this contract shall be punished as a murderer and shall be delivered up to the authority of the old laws to be dealt with according to their laws. But if a murder is committed by one of the signers of this contract, he shall not be punished by the old law. But if he escapes from the state or is protected by strangers, his name shall be published to all the world as a murderer and outcast from the state of Maine and of course is liable to the laws of any other state and his membership shall not be introduced as proof of good character.”

Belfast, September 1860
 
 
 
 

Taking a Disease
 

I will try to define what I mean by taking a disease. Mind is matter and is under the direction of a power called the senses. The senses embrace no knowledge of themselves, no more the mind, but the soul or intelligence is some way connected with the senses, like the power with the direction. This same combination runs through all mechanical science; the direction is the wisdom that directs the senses. The senses cannot act at all of themselves—only as they are acted upon by this power called wisdom. This wisdom can act upon
 

the body or independently of the identity. This is all there is of man. The senses are under the direction of wisdom, either right or wrong, that controls them either by science or error, or for good or evil. As matter is an idea, I shall class it all together but attach the senses to it in some cases and detach them in others.
I will illustrate. Suppose I think of Niagara Falls; my senses are no part of the falls, nor are they attached to them. Now suppose a person should undertake to throw me, that is, my bodily senses, over the falls; my senses are attached to my body and both are matter, but one is under the senses and the other is independent of my senses. The trouble lies in my knowledge of the result of being thrown into the falls: that is drowning, which is losing my identity, senses, matter and all there is of me. Now put me in possession of the fact that my senses will not be lost, if the identity of my body is, then death is swallowed up in truth. As our knowledge is progres-sive and a higher power than ourselves, we know God only as we know ourselves, so that eternal life is in the dark. Our knowledge is in our belief and we are taught that our body contains the senses; we have no proof that they can act independently of the body’s identity.
So when I am afraid that my life is in danger I am afraid just as much as my knowledge sees any danger of losing my life. So I stand nervous and trembling for fear that I shall be thrown into the falls. The fear is not in the falls, nor in my knowledge, but in the ignor-ance or idea that I shall be lost if I fall into the water. Now suppose I escape. The idea is now a part of my bodily identity, not the falls, but the danger. This is my disease. By the doctor this is called ner-vous, but is all the disease there can be. This is being bound in heaven or the mind. Now till all this is cleared up, the mind, as in a dream, is groaning over the trouble, fearing to be destroyed. This trouble, being a part of the matter, throws off a heat or atmosphere and the soul or senses are in the scene. Every person who comes within this atmosphere affects me because I am afraid. This knowledge or fear, for it is fear, is not known to another as knowledge but as fear or a peculiar state of mind which they con-strue falsely, giving a false interpretation to my acts because they know not my trouble. Now if the fear changes my bodily identity, producing a deranged state of matter which can be seen through the
 

bodily senses, this effect is called by the profession, disease and treated as such. So their explanation is like Aaron’s priesthood, where sacrifices are offered up every year but which could never take away sin or error. Therefore to cure man of disease or error, it must be done by a new priesthood, not after the order of Aaron that can never explain it away but after a higher and more excellent priest-hood that can take upon himself our infirmities, can bear our bur-dens and lay down his life to save the sick.
Now return with me to the falls and behold a young person stand-ing trembling, with flushed cheek and quivering lips, with cold and clammy perspiration starting, urged on by her friends to make the last leap, never to return. Urged I say, for error is always urging us on to destruction. Now in the midst of all this confusion, a voice is heard out of the clouds of error saying, “Be not afraid, there is no danger.” They all stop and lo! I appear before her enemies, for it happens to be a young female, sentenced to be cast into this lake never to return. There stand all her earthly friends, weeping and forcing her along. Just as she approaches the precipice, I seize her by the hand and command her enemies to desist. A sort of parley takes place and I propose to run the risk of my own life to save the lady. This being agreed, I then say a few words to the friends. I tell them there is no danger of her being lost and will run the risk of my reputation to convince them of their errors in regard to her disease. This act washes away her sins or error and establishes the doctrine of eternal life, which is to them a mystery. So I step forward to the brink and in I go—now lost to sight and gone forever. In an instant I am seen on the surface perfectly calm, with not a ripple to be seen. This, to bystanders, is a miracle; so I repeat it till the fears of that danger are passed. Then I return the young lady to her father’s house where all will rejoice, as all fears of the danger are gone. Health is returned and again she is ready to embrace some other errors of the priests and doctors.
The errors of these two classes of mankind give rise to all the evils that flesh is heir to. They are separate and apart from all science and do not embrace one single truth but are the stumbling blocks for the truth to overcome in arriving at science. It is true that they were once necessary evils, but it is time now that man should look about and see if there cannot be a higher mode of worshipping God or science from a higher principle than fear. For say what you will, the whole
 

foundation of the creeds is based on fear. This fear causes all the misery in the world and I will show how it is grafted into the mind.
All mankind have a kind of reverence for something they call God. No matter what name you give it, most admit it and their fears of it depend on the idea they have of this power. For at the same time that they call it God, they call it a power—supposing that God is in the power, whether it is good or bad. Man in his wisdom has undertaken to give an explanation of God’s wisdom and define what is good and what is bad or what is right and what is wrong and has tried to make the people believe that they are the true oracles of God. So they get up certain laws and forms of obedience to God, just as though the father of wisdom had condensed his wisdom into a little shell about as large as a coconut and required of man certain acts for his own gratification. If the child will obey these laws, he holds out to him all sorts of happiness, like a toy shop, where they can get just as many playthings as they desire. This is in one hand. In the other he holds out a direful rod, with all the horrors that a crazy brain could invent. These, like the pillar of fire and cloud of smoke that went before Moses while he was leading the people of his age, go before the people in our days. And the people now as then mur-mur and complain at the food that they receive from these spiritual guides .

July 1860
 
 
 
 

Difference between Knowledge
and Wisdom
[orig. untitled]
 

How often we hear this remark: I never believe anything till I un-derstand it. There is more truth than poetry in this remark, for a belief is not wisdom. It may be knowledge, but if it is, it is of this world and not of science. True science does not admit a belief as that
 

admits a doubt. Now where does the author of this remark stand in regard to wisdom or science? Does the remark show any wisdom superior to that of the community? Jesus answered this question himself as a man and showed the people the difference between a belief, or the wisdom of this world and wisdom of God or Science. When asked a question [he] said, I, that is Christ, judge no man, for science or wisdom is the standard, but again he said, If I, the man Jesus, judge, my judgment is not good, for it is of this world. If it is true or of the scientific world, it is not judgment but wisdom. Therefore, all judgment is submitted to science, where everyone’s opinion receives its reward, whether it be of good or evil. Therefore, call no one master but one and that is science, and by this must all things be proved. The wisdom of this world is made up of opinions and decided by evidence, not by truth. If truth decided, there would be no need of a judge, for the judge is in the science or truth.
 
 
 
 

Odor
[orig. ODOURS]
 

You know I have spoken of odor. It is like the odor of any flower or vegetable and is what arises from an idea. Thought is a chemi-cal change in the fluid, caused by a sensation produced on the mind. The mind is under the direction of a power independent of itself and when the mind or thought is formed into an idea, the idea throws off an odor that contains the cause and effect. For instance, a per-son is affected; the effect is called nervousness; this contains no knowledge to science, only an effect. Error or the natural man thinks knowledge is contained in it and tries to convince the patient of the truth of this [factor] science, which to the true science is false. The patient is more disturbed by this theory and by the direction of this blind guide; an idea is formed which is held up to the patient’s mind to receive a name. The mind or error of the doctor gives it the name
 

of consumption. This disturbs the mind of the patient which like a galvanic battery throws off sparks or ideas. And these ideas being under a false direction are formed into any disease that ignorance and superstition can invent. Now the idea is formed and as it grows it has a sort of intelligence which is not recognized by error but ad-mitted and called instinct. This odor or instinct contains the cause of the trouble and the answer. But to error this is a mystery. So it calls it a power or instinct and never looks upon it as anything that can be reduced to a science.
This odor is the trouble called disease, but the doctors know noth-ing about that odor and think that what can be seen by their eyes is the disease or trouble. This odor is what I come in contact with. It is the spiritual life of the idea and by the doctors it is called mind. This embraces all they can comprehend and this they make indepen-dent of the disease and never treat it as having anything to do with disease. In this way they keep the soul in bondage, for fear of death. This odor is the soul’s trouble, imprisoned in error. As the soul tries to escape, it becomes subject to error and as long as error holds it in bondage, it is in death. Truth sets it free by destroying the error. All we see of this is in the prison, and that is not visible to the natural eye. Not one-hundredth part of the misery of the human species is in what is called disease. Ninety-nine hundredths of human misery is in prisons not seen by the natural eyes. This misery is confined to the popular opinions of the day. The common opinion is the pri-son of the soul. Its destruction is the liberation of the soul from its earthly prison or error. From these prisons the smoke of their tor-menting belief ascends and when I come in contact with their grief or odor, I know the cause of the trouble. The trouble is a sort of intelligence and belongs to this world. It is a sort of instinct to the natural man and has nothing to do with science.
 
 

A Case: A Divorced Lady
[part of orig. ABOUT PATIENTS]
 

I will tell you how a patient whom I was sitting with affected me. It was a lady who had been divorced from her husband because she said he was so ugly she could not live with him. At the time I first saw her I told her of the fact and tried to convince her it was a dis-ease, that her husband really loved her and his fears for her health made her nervous. This she could not believe for she said he ill-treated her and she knew he was bad. Now this was the fact. They both loved each other at the time they were married; this she ac-knowledged and they continued to love and respect each other till the lady was confined when, as she said, she took cold and was very sick. Then her husband turned against her, tried to kill her and reported all sorts of stories about her till she could bear it no longer. At last she lost all patience, lost confidence in her husband, forsook his bed and would not have anything to do with him. This story she believed to be true and so it was. But the cause she knew not. Her husband, getting out of all patience, forsook her and tried to get divorced; this was mutual.
Now all the above was real, but it was brought about from love and fear. Her sickness caused her husband’s fear for her life. His fear excited her love making her nervous; she put a false construc-tion on his fears thinking he did not love her, for his love when she was well did not excite her fears and her trouble wanted someone to relieve her. His fears for her health made her worse. So that the more he would try to please her, the more he tormented her, till each one’s love turned to hatred. At last they were divorced; then she was happy she said. But as she got rid of her husband, the disease or the insane idea attached itself to her own identity in the form of disease of the eye. So that at the time I speak of, she gave me to understand that she was then perfectly happy with the exception of her eye. But I saw the same idea of insanity that kept her nervous and always will in some way or other. It was so plain to me that the idea took form
 

and displayed itself to me in so simple a way that no one would ever detect it by her conversation. But it was so plain to me that I sat down and reduced the whole to writing, so that it should not depart from me, for it gave me wisdom that may be of value to mankind. It is to me and I will relate it.
Her love, she always considered as pure towards her husband. His love to her was impure and although it was not pure, yet she always would admit that he loved her a little, although she never wished him to but wanted to get clear and never could. So her insane idea was in this discord and it showed itself in some way, so that persons see-ing and talking with her could not detect it in anything she would say; but she would always produce some sort of an impression that would excite those who talked with her. They never could know what it was, but their feelings would affect her and keep her ner-vous, so that she carried the idea of insanity all the time. At the time I am now speaking of, it showed itself in two large roses: one white and the other red, both on one side of her bonnet, the white above the red, showing her own love as pure white and the husband’s as red or bloody. This I could see and the impression made on me almost frightened me for an instant, for I could see what was in-sanity and how it might be avoided.
Insanity consists in some little discord that might be corrected if the person knew it; it is brought on by the disturbance of the world’s opinion. I will tell you how it comes. I have told you how this lady’s came and I will tell you how to correct it. But before I correct it, I must, make it or show what it is made of. This puts me in mind of two patients I had, both with symptoms alike as far as they knew. Both belonged to the same church; both complained of the same feelings; one was a farmer and the other was a doctor. Each admit-ted to a heaven and hell independent of themselves. The farmer’s ambition led him only to leading a life so that he should get into heaven and his trouble was in steering his life and acts so that he should not burn up in hell. And as his ambition was for this world’s goods, it acted like a current that he had to stem, so it made him nervous and kept him all the time uneasy. This nervousness showed itself in his body and was called by the doctors a trouble about the heart and congestion of the lungs. His wisdom was directed to
 

heaven with hell on the starboard bow. This engrossed all his wis-dom and talent to land safe in heaven when the storm of life was over.
The doctor was another character. He had more acquisitiveness [inquisitiveness?] and sagacity and his wisdom was not directed so much to heaven or hell as the farmer’s, but he kept both in sight as though he would give his attention to that at a more convenient time. He wanted to examine into all things of this world, so as he was a doctor, he wanted to see how disease was made, what it was made of and how it was put together. He was looking at the errors of the world as real things. But the farmer had no curiosity to know how anything was made. He wanted to get into heaven, so he was more likely to get off the globe first, for he did not stop to examine any-thing as the doctor did. The doctor after examining all things here would steer for foreign parts and as heaven is his last place of des-tination, he will not be satisfied till he goes all through hell to see how that is constructed. And if he is able to see out after he gets in, I have no doubt of his reaching heaven. Now here are two charac-ters: one ignorance and the other error. Ignorance embraces the largest class of mankind. Error is more active but shows the wisdom of this world and is called by the farmer or ignorance, very strong-minded men of great power.
Now there is another class not known by ignorance, called the in-ventive class. This is not so numerous as the other two classes but has more sagacity than both. This class creates and destroys. They can create a thing and present it to the two above classes, who will think it as real as their own existence. They use their powers of in-vention for their own benefit and make their money out of the other two classes. There is still another class, just like the last, with this exception: they show the error and ignorance how they are deceived, show them how to tear down all their ideas and bring all things on a level. This is the class that can create and destroy and teach others to do the same. This last class cannot be insane, for insanity is the invention of the natural man and can be destroyed by the scientific man.
 
 

Shadow and Substance
[orig. untitled]
 

I will make one illustration to you to let you know how I get you into heaven in the presence of God or Science. You know I told you, you were in a vacuum. I will now explain. When I speak to you I do not speak to this shadow but to the substance or your senses. Your senses make the shadow. You see this shadow on the wall— this is a shadow of a substance. But you take the shadow for the sub-stance and attach your senses to it, not knowing that it is a shadow but believing it to be a living moving substance. So it is with every substance or idea that has been acknowledged to have a material form. Man by general consent has made matter, but God, not be-ing man, has no matter, only as an idea. So matter to God or Science is a medium of communication to the natural man in his own lan-guage or semblance.
Now all admit that they cannot imagine a thing so divided, that it may not be divided again. They cannot see it so small, that it can-not be divided. So it is with wisdom; what comes in contact with your sight or touch is wisdom of this world. Everything that you cannot see and feel is belief, although it may be so near and the veil so thin that you would risk your life that it is true, yet there is a mist. In this mist lie all the mixtures of error and ignorance. Ignorance sees no mist, but is blind. Error sees a light, but it is a false one. So science sees error’s light and knows it is a false one. Now error be-ing superstitious always sees through this mist and foretells future events. It created all kinds of bugbears on earth as it does in heaven. The earth is its mother. Its ignorance is belief, so ignorance takes error for its guide. As error is superstitious it makes to itself a be-lief and to it attaches its senses. As it is very fond of instructing the ignorant in all things pertaining to this world of mystery, (for its opinions are of no force; it has to prove them by science) it gets up a false standard and if it can succeed in deceiving itself into a be-lief that it sees through this fog of its own make, then it has a ba-sis for its belief.
   246 / THE WRITINGS OF PHINEAS PARKHURST QUIMBY
 

So it has at last succeeded in making itself and the ignorant be-lieve that in this fog or darkness is a land of pure delight like Pike’s Peak . And if man will leave all things here below and take this chart or belief, they, like the children of Israel, will reach that land where there is no sorrow, where gold is as thick as gravel stones and where they can lie down on beds of down and walk the golden streets, never to get into any more trouble. These are the arguments of the specu-lators of endless error. Their lives, like the speculators of the natural world, are constantly displaying their tracts or cards, holding out great inducements to the people to leave their homes of health and go to that land where no trouble ever returns, to bring back even an olive leaf. This is the land for which the prodigal son set out. And when he had spent his substance, he would have given his whole life as a servant to return once more to his father’s house or health. But none of the speculators would even give him a husk to keep him from starving.
These speculators excite the people for their own benefit, till they are insane enough to leave house and home and all things dear to them, and like lost sheep, wander away from happiness and friends among strangers, where no friend comes ever to give them a cup of cold water to quench their thirst. Then they come to their senses and say like the rich man, Go tell my friends at home that I have been deceived; as there is so great a distance between you and me, I can-not go if I would and I do not want you to come to me into this place of torment. The speculator says all of this is false. If he had been steady at work he would have done well. So he refers them to Moses and some others who made money and says, if he had listened to them he would have succeeded, but as he did not listen to such, he failed.
 
 

Character
 

I will give you the true position of your character. There are two characters. Perhaps it will be necessary to state what I mean by a character. I mean the position that one person stands in relation to another or to society. Society is the standard by which to judge all acts or characters. If society is bad to one set of persons, they set up their standard of character and judge the others. The good set up their standard to judge the bad and each tries to gain the ascen-dency. This keeps the world in a quarrel between the two elements of matter and under the control of error and ignorance. Ignorance sees no reason for law and thinks all persons are the same. Error sees the faults of ignorance and takes the advantage and sets up stan-dards of right and wrong to judge the world by. All this is the wis-dom of this world. Now there is another character not known by the natural world and which is opposed by both these controlling elements. This character is the child of science. It has no sympathy with the other two and does not contain the elements of either. Its father is wisdom, its mother is science and its character is in its acts. In the natural world it is not known to have an identity. This charac-ter seeks not its own happiness independent of others, but its hap-piness is in its acts and it lives on its knowledge. Now when this character is known to a person so that it can be identified in them, then the wisdom of man is looked upon as nothing in comparison to it. All man’s wisdom is dross, compared to this wisdom.
How shall a person know when he is guided by this wisdom? I will give you a sign so that you cannot be deceived. Man of himself is a servant acted upon and governed by two powers superior to him-self. These two powers you may call God and the devil, good and bad, or science and error. Now as the bodies of men are a machine to be acted upon by one of these two powers, through the servant, these bodies are like a vineyard under the guidance of the steward or master, who is responsible to his lord. So when the lord of the vineyard calls the steward to an account, if his acts do not harmonize
 

with the agreement made with his lord and master, then the steward is turned out and another takes his place. I will now state the agree-ment between the steward and his lord. Whatever a person agrees to is binding on the steward and if you as a steward of your own vineyard or body agree that the laws are right and just, then if you do anything contained in the law according to your agreement, you must be punished by this same law, if not by the law of the land. For one is sanctioned by God and the other by man. And wisdom does not change but rewards everyone according to his agreement.
Now man had better look over his contract and see where he stands in regard to himself, as he is answerable to himself, for his happiness or misery is in obeying or disobeying his contract. Now suppose we name over some of the articles contained in the agree-ment and see if we are guilty. I will call them over and you may say under the knowledge of your agreement whether or not you agreed to them as real existing things, which were bad or ought to be dealt with according to law. I will begin with the first article in the agree-ment. Have you not agreed that it is right for you to respect your parents as you would have them respect you? You answer, Yes. Then this is one of the agreements entered into by you and your master. Now this is binding on you, for it was your own free will, so just what punishment the law has attached to breaking that con-tract is your punishment. This is in the agreement and there is no escape, for everyone must give an account to his lord of his steward-ship. So that whatever you have acknowledged as wrong or have given your sanction to as just and right, you are subject to.
You have acknowledged that to steal is wrong and to punish a per-son for stealing is right. This is the law of man and you have given it your sanction as right, so you have helped bind burdens on the people that you cannot remove. The wisdom of man is not able to remove this burden, so men are under these laws and the obeying of them makes one character and the disobeying of them the other. So the world is in a quarrel to see which party shall rule. Ignorance finds fault, though it does not wish to correct anything, but is willing [that] everything should remain just as God made it. The other character wants to change everything and establish its own standard. In this way the science of wisdom finds no foothold in either of these two characters. Jesus called them Scribes and Pharisees. Each of these two characters often produce a phenomenon through a third
 

person, as for instance, when Joseph was sold to the Ishmaelites. According to wisdom it was necessary that such a mind as Joseph’s should go into Egyptian darkness to lead the people to a higher knowledge of a truth. Ignorance never would have carried such an act into execution, neither would error. For error is never guided by wisdom; therefore it must come from a higher power than either ig-norance or error. It was wisdom acting through error and error not knowing it. As the light was in the darkness and the darkness com-prehended it not. So wisdom acting through error brought about a scientific benefit to mankind, but the world knew it not scientifically and attributed it to some unknown law or wisdom of God and they gave the power to an unknown God as they always do.
Paul said to the Athenians when he saw a monument or error with this inscription, TO THE UNKNOWN GOD, Whom you ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you. This God was science or wisdom for the word science was not used then, so that any truth that was governed by wisdom or science was a miracle, for it could not be understood by the two characters, ignorance and error. These two with the third character made up the trinity. Ignorance is the weight or matter, error is the velocity or mind and wisdom is the direction or intelligence. Each one is necessary for an effect and neither can act alone. Wisdom must act on mind and mind on matter. As weight and velocity make mechanical power, so mind and matter make spiritual power governed by a wisdom superior to both . This last ele-ment, wisdom, is not known in the natural world except as a mys-tery or unknown God.
Error has always been looking for this power as it is called but when it comes it is not known. For everything that is known scien-tifically is not taken into account. So that the very God that ignor-ance ignorantly worships is near them even in their mouths and they know it not. As Jesus said to the Scribes and Pharisees, You draw near unto me, that is, this truth, with your mouth, but your hearts or knowledge are far from me or the truth, and you worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men. the wisdom that acted upon Jesus was the Christ and when Jesus spoke of it he called it God. This was where all the mystery lay. The people thought that Jesus had a power, for science was not known so science was the god they ignorantly worshipped. When they asked him where he got this power or how he cured diseases, he said if they would tell him
 

where John got his power of baptism, he would tell them how he cured disease; this they could not do, so they stopped his explana-tion. So I say to all who wish to know how I cure disease, if they ask, tempting me as they did Jesus, I answer, Tell me how Jesus cured and I will tell you how I cure, for I answer everyone accord-ing to his sincerity as Jesus did.

November 1860
 
 
 
 

About Patients I
[part of orig. ABOUT PATIENTS]
 

I will give you the symptoms of a patient whom I just examined. He was a man about fifty years old and his symptoms affected me in this way. I felt a trembling sensation that went down to my head and a tightness across my chest with a tendency to sigh. This made me melancholy; then my thoughts left my body and I seemed to be in space creating places and attaching my senses to the ideas I created, while my happiness and misery was in the scenes of my own creation. I could see a sort of another world like the city of New York and it seemed so plain that I really felt the difference in the society of the city. This amazed me for it was a disease and although the man’s thoughts had different localities, they affected me like a disease located in the body. Here I could see how we are affected by our opinions. His mind or belief was in matter of this world and was as plain to be seen by me as my thoughts are to a mesmerized subject. To him they were spiritual and although they were the im-itation of some other’s ideas, they were real truth to him. He at-tached his senses to the things or places he had made and in them was his happiness and misery. All the above was matter except the happiness and misery—this is always what follows a belief. All the rest I say was matter and belonged to the wisdom of this world.
 

By the spiritualist it would be called spiritualism; so it is, but it is of this world and confined to matter. That wisdom from above is not in this but can see through it and is not seen by the wisdom of this world at all. Now as I was out of his wisdom or this world and in the essence that flows from the higher wisdom, I was in a clairvoyant state, with my senses attached to an identity in this es-sence. This essence is light and is capable of penetrating this mat-ter or mind, so that to it matter is annihilated. If a person’s senses are in this light he sees all ideas as matter in the dark to those who are in them. One state is thought-reading or the wisdom of matter or spiritualism and the other is clairvoyance or the wisdom held in solution in this ocean of essence. The wisdom of this world is spiritual like an odor that arises from the earthly man. In this odor, all sorts of forms are made of a spiritual nature, governed by the same laws as their father. Thus the spiritual world is the son of its father. Jesus called it the devil, and its believers the children of their father, and as he was of matter he must be destroyed. Now the king-dom of God was not of matter but wisdom, so God called it father; as God is the son of wisdom wisdom made man out of this essence or life. So that when he formed man out of the dust of this earth and breathed into him this breath of life, he then became a living progressive wisdom or man.
This life is the light or clairvoyant state that sees no matter in-dependent of itself or mind and all matter is subject to this essence. Disease is the offspring of error or the devil, and wisdom in this es-sence acting through man can break the bars of death or error and set life free. For death is the name of something that error wants to destroy and this something is life. So the warfare is between life and death. Life cannot be destroyed but death can. The senses are attached to the identity of our belief and we are affected according to the fear that we associate with our senses. Death and disease are matter and when the senses or essence are attached to this body, it becomes subject to the laws of matter, and as mind is matter, it makes laws for strangers; as life is a stranger, it looks upon it as an enemy to death. All the happiness which death has is trying to de-stroy life, so for this effect it invents all sorts of diseases. This death is the king of terrors and is the worst enemy life has to contend with.
Now man is the battlefield of these two powers: life and death.
 

If life is imprisoned in death’s prison it is hard work to get clear. The only way is to destroy death or error and set life free. Our senses are the enemy of death and when they are attached to disease, dis-ease holds them in its jaws and nothing but a direct revelation of wisdom can break the jaws of death. This truth is destruction to death and freedom from error and superstition. Then life rises to that state of light which is the essence called God—there to be free from matter, except as a medium to communicate through. Now all persons who can take another’s feelings are in this state, but their senses may not all be attached to the same idea. For instance, a per-son may feel another’s pain; this comes with the sense of feeling, but this feeling contains no wisdom. This is the case of mesmerism. One subject feels the aches and pains of another; this is called thought-reading. Another sees the deranged state of the body; this is called sight, but sight is not knowledge. All this is called the wis-dom of the dead. So it is, but it is not the living, for it is confined to the wisdom of error or this world. The senses may be in this light, so far as to see and describe all that is asked, but that is [not] from the father or God. His wisdom sees the effect, feels the aches and pains, sees the cause and sees the senses imprisoned in matter, steps forward and runs the risk of being imprisoned for the sake of his friends. He sees all the causes, stands and pleads their cases, gets the verdict and sets the captive free. This is the difference in the two. One is a power without knowledge. The other is knowledge applied to an idea that it can break up and scatter to the four winds of heaven.
I will try and show the two theories. I will say to you as Jesus said, Except you become as a little child you cannot understand and apply these sayings to the curing of disease. The Christian idea of the above parable, I have no sympathy with, for it contains no wisdom. Everyone knows that a little child is of all things the most ignorant and helpless. It has no wisdom at all. It will creep into the fire or water or anything else because it knows no fear. Now it is of all liv-ing creatures the very foundation on which to erect wisdom or error . Its senses are attached to its ideas, so as it creeps to the fire, the wis-dom of its mother takes it from the fire. If the mother whips the child it shows fright, not wisdom. If the mother’s wisdom is of this world, she reasons in this way. If you go near the fire I will whip you. This at first is Greek to the child, for it does not understand.
 

So the child tries it again and the mother repeats the same sound, accompanied with her hand on the child’s ear. The child puts wis-dom in his senses, which he applies to his ears and keeps away from the fire, not because the fire will box his ears or harm him. His fear is in his idea of what will follow his mother’s hand. But he is not at rest. His curiosity is excited and the more the mother whips the child the more earnest he is to know why he must not go near the fire . So at last when alone it creeps towards the fire and its little hand feels the heat . This frightens it and it holds on to whatever it touches till some one takes it away. The child remembers this and looks at its enemy with grief, as it does when its mother whips it. The mother is alarmed and changes her tone. She now tries to soothe the child by caressing him and showing some sympathy, and reasons with the child that the fire does not mean to burn it, that it was hot and that if it went up to the fire, it must be burned. This is the wisdom of God.
Man would say it is a naughty fire and if it burns you again, I will whip it. As soon as the mother gets over her fright, she sets the child down on the floor with a bounce, accompanied with a threat like this: Now don’t go near the fire again; if you do I will take your skin off. So the child sits trembling, once in a while drawing a long sigh and a tear drops from its eyes. In all this the child has sinned not. It has been punished for the sins or errors of its mother. Now the wisdom from above, acting through Jesus, called Christ, reasons to the child in this way. It makes the child acquainted with the effects of the fire. It has forbearance with the little ideas the child has formed and tries to breathe into this little earth the seed of wisdom so that it grows like the grain of mustard seed. It would see and learn that fire was not its enemy or its friend but a servant, ready to be used at the will of the master. These two modes of reasoning em-brace man and beast; neither embraces true wisdom. One is God’s reasoning and the other is man’s. But there is something beyond all this that man is destined to reach, which is creation and formation, destruction and eternal life. True wisdom is eternal and its knowledge is the destruction of all the above. Even the son of God was to be subject to this wisdom. Now just as a person understands this wisdom he can put it into practice. It is not confined to any par-ticular branch but applies to all science for the healing of the na-tions from error and superstition.
 

It is not everyone who says he understands that does, but he who can teach the same understandingly to others. Every one knows that in the natural world, some persons are good mechanics, but it is not absolutely necessary that every artist should be a chemist, nor every chemist an artist. But if a man should undertake to teach chemis-try with no knowledge except what he obtained from books, his wis-dom is like sounding brass and tinkling cymbals; it was already known. Look at the professors of chemistry; they never have the sick or anything else in their philosophy. The object of chemistry when first discovered was not to apply any theory, but it oas the discov-ery of a new process. It was intended to analyze all sorts of sub-stances and separate one element from another and not to apply them to any particular theory or science. The person who discovered the art of making whiskey from corn never thought of it to cure con-sumption or any other disease. There was a phenomenon produced and to apply it to something was another matter. Franklin discov-ered electricity, but he never found out that it had any curative qual-ities. That was left to those who knew just as much about it as they did before Franklin made this discovery.
The fact is that all kinds of drugs were discovered by chemists, not with any idea that they contain any curative qualities. Iodine is used now to cure half the diseases there are and its good qualities set forth by physicians. All these second hand ideas are applied by the medical faculty and not one out of a hundred knows how to make the medicines he uses. Yet they talk of the medical science! Here is the great mistake. To produce a phenomenon is one thing and to know how you produce it is another and to destroy it is still another. To cure an error intelligently is to know how to produce it. It will show that the doctors are not only ignorant of what they do when they make a cure, but by the very means they use to make it, they bring about the phenomenon they are trying to cure. To show how this is brought about I must illustrate it in some way, showing how the mind is affected through the ignorance of the physician.
Suppose you have a fine piano which you place a great value upon and you feel annoyed because everyone who comes in thumps on the keys. Finally you get so nervous that you cannot rest when any-one is near it. At last you grow sick and send for a physician. He
 

comes in, as ignorant of music as the rest, goes to the piano and be-gins to look at it, you meanwhile growing nervous as he fusses over the piano. Then he turns toward you and says, “You look sick and your blood is low; you need some little tonic. Your head is a little affected; I think your music is hurting you. I will leave you some powders.” As he leaves he strikes the piano again and you remain just where you were when he came, only a little worse. In a day or two he calls again and inquires, How are you. You say, “No bet-ter.” The sight of the doctor reminds you of the instrument and you grow nervous. So he alters the medicine and gives some different directions and leaves without touching the piano. You are left alone and no one comes in to disturb you and in a short time you are out of doors. The doctor meets you and inquires how you are getting along. You reply, “Very well.” “Continue the medicine as I directed. You are doing very well.” So driven off you return home, and the neighbors begin to come in. The idea of the piano comes up again, making your heart beat and you feel faint as the piano is thumped .
At last you are left alone and you feel very weak, so you take some whiskey. This excites the brain and a flush comes over you and you sneeze. Now comes up the idea of a cold; you grow nervous and the doctor is sent for. He comes in, takes off his hat and overcoat and very deliberately sits down by the piano. This makes you nervous so he feels your pulse and looks at your tongue, then “hems” and says, You have taken a slight cold. He reminds you of what he said the other day, and he makes another alteration in the medicine. This process is kept up till the doctor is dismissed for another of the same kind. And so on, till they have run through the medical faculty and wind up with spiritualism and if the patient lives it is only by acci-dent. In all this you get the whole of the medical knowledge and not one particle of wisdom. You can see by this illustration, when I ap-ply the piano to your body, that the doctors make nine-tenths of all the diseases through ignorance and when a cure is effected it is through the same medium. Take the piano as your body and your-self as No. 2 and then you will understand the illustration. Your body is the property of No. 2; No. 2 sets a great value on it and tries to keep it in order. Just return to the piano again. You will admit there is no wisdom or music in the piano of itself, nor in those you
 

are afraid of. For if they knew how to execute music, it would be a pleasure to listen, but to have experiments tried on your instru-ment annoys you.
Your doctor may be a very clever fellow in his way, but having no ear for music, his honesty towards you does not compensate for your fears about your instrument. On the whole you are no better off for his wisdom. You see then no wisdom in the doctor and all the noise he made evinced an entire ignorance for the science of music. You turn him away and send for another physician. This one has more sagacity and less science, if you call making a disease science. And having more natural ear for music, he sits down to the piano and does not touch the music, so he shows more sagacity than the other. He commences running over the keys and strikes some very musical chords. As you listen you grow more calm. He says nothing about music or disease but leaves you some little homeopathic pills. Mother comes in and asks what the doctor thinks. You say, “He thinks I shall do very well.” “What does he recommend?” “Nothing but pure air and says that since I have been confined to this room so long, [and] so associated with my disease, I had better travel.” “How would you like that?” “Very much.” “Did he say where you had better go, North or South, or in foreign parts, or to some springs?” “No, but I will ask him the next time he comes.” “Well, what do you think of your new doctor.” “I think that he is a very intelligent physician.” “But you know he is not an educated man.” “Yes, but I like him and he has some ear for music, for when he sat down by the piano, he did not make me so nervous as the other doctor did.” “But he is no musician.” “Well, I do not know as he is, but he does not make me so nervous.” “Well, if he can cure you I do not care if he is a quack for this learned science I am tired of. But what will doctor A say?” “I do not know or care. I want to get well and if Dr. B is a quack, I don’t care.” “We had better send for Dr. A and see what he thinks of it. You know it will not be polite to dismiss an old doctor and employ a quack.” “I don’t believe he is a quack.” “Why, you know that all those who have not received diplomas are quacks.” “Yes, and some who have.” “We will send for Dr. A.”
The doctor arrives a little nervous, removes his coat and seats him-
 

self by the piano. This disturbs the patient a little, which the doc-tor observes. Like all the rest of his wisdom he shows his ignorance in this; he looks very wise as though he had just discovered a gold mine, says, You seem a little disturbed. I understand the cause. You have had that young quack here and feel a little guilty I suppose, but you need not be alarmed. Persons as sick and weak as you are are very easily thrown off their guard, so cheer up and saying, What did the fellow say?, commences rapping the keys of the piano . Mary, sick from the fear of the instrument being injured, is silent. The doc-tor stops rapping and turning around to Mary says, “Do not be afraid; tell [me] what he said.” As soon as the doctor leaves the in-strument, Mary becomes more calm and says that he did not say much of anything. The doctor sneeringly smiles and says, That is where he shows his wisdom. Did you know Mary that this fellow is a quack and one of the worst impudent imposters that ever lived?

(Mary) Did you ever meet him?
(Dr.) Meet him? Do you suppose that I would so degrade my honorable profession as to consult with a quack? Why Mary you must be insane and your mother too. If this kind of humbug is kept up, the medical science will pass into the hands of these quacks and any educated physi-cian will be ashamed to be seen among such fellows. You have no idea of employing this fellow, have you?
(Mary) Mother seems to be inclined to let him try. I do not have anything to say. I want to get well.
(Dr.) Won’t you ask your mother to step in? I want to see her alone a few minutes.
(Exit Mary and enter Mrs. H.)
(Mrs. H.) Why Mary thinks she is not getting along as fast as she would like and seeing her running down, I thought I would do anything to please her.
(Dr.) Oh, then it is Mary’s plan.
(Mrs. H.)Yes.
(Dr.) I thought you were a woman of more sense. I always con--
 sidered you a woman of superior mind and when Mary
 told me that it was your move, I must say I was a little
 

surprised, but it is all right now. The world is getting into a dangerous way, even our clergy are attacked. These spiritualists make war with the church and even pretend to cure disease. It is blasphemy to suppose that Christ cured as these fanatics do. It is astonishing that sensible men and women will run after such things. I should think the church ought to call a meeting and excommunicate any who countenanced such imposters in religion or in doctoring. For if things go on in this way, my practice will be ruined and then Parson W. will lose one of his best parishioners .
I suppose you do not know what I pay him every year, besides his doctor’s bill, which is always large as he has had two or three sick in his family ever since I have been in this town. You know I came here about the time when the first parson first settled. I was the first member ad-mitted into his church after he came and was very friendly to his family which at that time consisted of three young ladies from fifteen to nineteen years old. They were pretty and in good health and would probably have been alive and well if they had followed my advice. I took the ut-most pains to give them the best of Christian advice. You remember when they first came to town, they attended that great ball given by Mrs. D. and that the church did not approve of their attending it. If it had not been for me, those three young ladies who I now trust are in heaven, would doubtless have continued going to such places now if they had lived.

At this time Mary came in and said, Perhaps if they had continued going to balls and parties and had done as they wanted to, they would be alive now.

(Mrs. H.) Hush Mary, you do not know what you are talking about. . (Dr.) Mary, you are young and I was just relating the sad case
of our parson’s family.
I had the care of these three young ladies and they place entire confidence in my medical skill as well as in my
 

Christian character. These qualities they appreciated and I still continue to practice in the family. I have seen six out of their eight children borne from this world of trouble to the world of spirits. All went just as I foretold and their mother will tell you if you ask her of the good advice I gave the eldest, when to all appearance she was as well as any one. Yet I saw where the destroyer worked and warned her of her danger, but she could not or would not see it till it was too late. Then I had the comfort of reconciling them to Christ and soothing them till the Redeemer came and took them. So I have cared for six of their children till the Lord took them home. Mary, I am your friend and if you know when you are well off, take my advice, do not risk your life in the hands of a quack, for it is of more value than gold.
(Mary) I want to get well. You have been attending me for a year
and when you began, I could go about and attend balls
and enjoy myself; now I can scarcely sit up two hours a
day .
(Dr.) Yes. I have seen all that and have been trying to counter-act the disease which has been preying upon your system. I will be frank with you Mary. You have the seeds of con-sumption in your frame which I detected long ago. I no-ticed it when I first came and used to play your piano; I could see the real hectic come into your face.
(Mary) Did you call that hectic?
(Dr.) Certainly.
(Mary) Well, then you made it, for you used to make me so ner-vous that it seemed as though I should fly.
(Exit the doctor)
(Mary) (Alone)
Now I begin to understand myself, I can see that neither of the two knows anything about me, not half as much as I do myself. This physician has convinced me that he knows nothing, for he saw the hectic on my cheek while he was drumming on the piano, which was merely my ner-vous hatred of him. And if that is hectic I know what produced it. All this I can trace to the piano, for when I
 

was left alone I was better and went out. But on my return some friends came in and I became very nervous for fear they would injure my piano—this acted upon me like a cold. When the new doctor came he could play and this made me calmer, for I was not afraid of his injuring the instrument. So between them both I have come to this conclusion: if my old physician was honest in his practice, he is ignorant of its effect and the world is no wiser for his knowledge. As for the young man he showed more good sense, if not knowledge, than the other, for his qual-ities of mind are more agreeable to me. I know this one thing; it requires no science to make a disease, nor cure it, if the patient can find where he has been deceived. I know how my disease came, so all I have to do is to give up all opinions and try to understand, so as not to be de-ceived by any person’s opinion, when no proof is offered.

Now let us sum up the evidence in this case and see how much is science and how much science and wisdom and how much disease have been envinced. All will admit that the piano contained no in-telligence and the doctor showed no knowledge. The lady was the victim of the doctor’s opinion. Now as a judge, judging from the evidence, it is a case of pure malpractice. And as the law stands, it is right to murder if you have a diploma from a medical school. But we, as a judge and reporter of cases, have a right to suggest a more perfect law by which the people can correct their own evils without employing either of the two professions, as we believe them both in error. We will show what needs to be done for the benefit of mankind. You see the world is no wiser for the theories of either priest or doctor, if it is not a disgrace to science to call the practice of medicine a theory. Where can science stand to have a foothold on this humbug? It is between the cure and the disease. To stand there you must know what is to be done. Now I am going to show what is not generally understood, if at all. Everyone knows that we can all agree on everything made by hand. For instance, if you go into a machine shop, you have no controversy about what the ar-ticles there are called: a sleigh for instance, or anything else. So if
 

there is any controversy, it is in regard to where there is an opinion and the trouble lies in the understanding, not in the thing known. So it is with disease. The idea that matter and mind make the man prevents man from understanding himself.
I will give my ideas of man. When we see man we look at him as a whole, not seeing anything separate and apart. So when he is dead as it is called, this ends his life. Whatever opinions we may have of what follows, we have no positive proof that anything remains. If there is any proof that man is anything after what is called death, the natural man has never been able to give that proof to the world. Now is there any proof of a wisdom higher than the natural man? All Christians will admit that there is, but when asked for proof, they quote the Bible as such. If you will not take this, then they can give no proof. So if the Bible is proof, then man’s opinion is of no use, for to the Bible, he can add no force. Let us go to the Bible. It lies on my table. It does not speak if I open it. It gives me no proof. I find that there is an account of the creation of the world and a great deal of other matter. So not getting there an answer to my inquiry, I turn to Mr. A. He tells me that it contains certain great truths and finally explains it according to his creed. I call on Mr. B and he gives his creed and so on to Mr. W. All are very sure it con-tains an account of another world and each one is sure that his own creed is right.
I sit down and look at the whole and come to this conclusion: that if the Bible contains anything, the explanations must be false, for they are at war with each other. They are like the man and his wife, never at peace, except when someone comes in to separate them. So it is with the churches; they will fight with each other like animals, but let someone step in and call religion a humbug and they will all be down on that person as though he was the greatest infidel in the world. So you cannot get any proof in that way.
I will give you my investigations for belief I have none, but I will tell you what I do not believe. This is what Jesus did; he told not what he believed but what he knew was false. When I sit by a pa-tient, I do not try to electioneer for any creed. If I made war with a Baptist, it is not to make him a Universalist, nor anything else. And if I made war with a Methodist, or any other religious sect, or
 

an infidel, as I often do, it is not to convert them to my creed or be-lief for I have none.
You may ask what is my religious belief. I answer none. I know I am sitting here now and I know I was here yesterday and I expect to be here tomorrow. This last is my belief, founded on the knowledge that I am here now and was here yesterday. My senses can act upon a person at a distance without that person knowing it. This I know. I also know that the Bible never spoke of itself. I know that God never made anything that is attributed to man’s wisdom. I know that all language is the invention of man. I know that God never made happiness or misery. I know that man makes both. I know that with God, might is not right, that God never spoke to one being more than to another. I know that no priest ever went into another world and never came from one. I know that all their talk is but the invention of man. I believe in no priest’s opinion. I know that all their doctrines are all the invention of men and the cause of nine-tenths of the misery in the world. I know that the profession of doctor, like that of priest, is all the invention of this world and causes nine-tenths of the diseases. Both together make more mis-ery than all other evils. I will tell you why I am opposed to all the above. It is because I know that all disease is what follows our be-lief and happiness is the result of getting rid of our belief. Every man is a part of God, just so far as he is Wisdom. So I will tell you what I know, not what I believe. I said I knew I was here. I worship no God except my own and I will tell you what He teaches me. In the first place He puts no restrictions on me, in fact He is in me and just as I know myself I know Him; so that I and God are one, just as my children and I are one. To please myself I please God and to in-jure myself is to injure my God. So all I have to do is to please my-self. As God and I are one so you and I are one and to please myself is to please you and to injure myself is to injure you, so just as I measure out to you I measure out to myself. As you and I are one, you and your neighbor are one and to love your neighbor as your-self is more than all the prayers made by all the priests in the world. I know that if I do by another as I would be done by in like circum-stances I feel right, so I judge no man. I do not judge of myself, for my knowledge of this Wisdom is as plain to me as my senses.
To the world it is a belief but to me it is wisdom that the religious
 

world knows not of. If they did they would never crucify me as they do in their ignorance. So my religion is my wisdom which is not of this world, but of that Wisdom that will break in pieces the wisdom of men. Man’s wisdom is the superstition of heathen idolatry; all Science is at variance with it. I stand alone, not believing in anything independent of Science; so you can put me down as having no sym-pathy with any belief of religion concerning another world or in any-thing after the Christian death. Neither have I any belief in the resurrection of the body. My death is this—ignorance; life is Wis-dom, death is darkness or matter. All men have wandered from light and believed in darkness. To destroy matter you introduce light or life .
I will illustrate. Suppose you are sitting in the dark, call that this world. Now as the light springs up where is the darkness? All will say, the darkness is gone. The light is the resurrection of this body or darkness. But what becomes of it when the light rises? So it is with man. Man is an idea of matter or darkness, and as his mind becomes lit up or clairvoyant the darkness of the idea of matter is gone and he is in light that the wisdom of this world or darkness has not. So light into darkness and darkness comprehends it not. When I sit down by a patient, I come out of this matter or darkness and stand by the patient’s senses which are attached to some idea of the wis-dom of this world which troubles them. I retain my former man or matter and its senses. I also have another identity independent of matter and I (knowing what is the cause of his misery) stand by the matter or belief of my patient and destroy his belief of the effect it has on his senses. Then as the darkness or belief is lit up by the wis-dom of Science, his darkness or belief is lit up by the wisdom of Science, his darkness disappears and he rejoices in the light. The light leads him back to his house or belief from which he had been decoyed away by the blind guide spoken of in scripture. Here you have what I believe and what I disbelieve—the tools are my law and gospel. By the law no one can be saved but by the gospel of Truth; Science will have all men saved not from the Christian world but from this world of superstition and ignorance, saved for the greater truth that was prepared from the beginning of the world for all those who search and try to find it.
You cannot go into the clouds to call it down nor into the sea to
 

call it up but it is in you, in your very thoughts. It is not of this world but of a higher state that can penetrate this earthly matter as light through darkness. As the senses are of the body they travel through the light as a man with a lamp travels in the dark. So it is not every-one who has a lamp with oil nor is everyone wise who says he is so. But he is wise who can come up to the one in the dark and lead him along through his dark wilderness of disease into the light of rea-son and health, like the good man who had the hundred sheep and one wandered away in the dark . He left the ninety and nine that were in the light and found the lost one and restored him to the fold. Now let those, who pretend to be shepherds of the sheep or of sick per-sons starving to death, like the prodigal son for spiritual food, eating the husks of science not the priest’s food, go and guide them along to the father’s [house] of health where they can eat and be glad and have music and dancing. This was Christ’s truth; he was the Good Shepherd; the people were his sheep and all who looked to him and listened to the true wisdom were saved from the errors of the priests and doctors . So Moses lifted up the serpents in the old Egyptian the-ology or creed and explained them and all who looked on his expla-nation were healed of their errors that made diseases. So Christ was lifted up and all who understood were healed from the doctrines of the Scribes and Pharisees.
So in our day [November 1860—Ed.] I hold up the serpent of creeds and doctor’s theories and show the absurdity of their belief and all who understand are healed of their diseases.
 
 
 
 

What Is God?
 

What is God? God is the name of that essence that flows from wisdom . It fills all space and contains all the identities of this natural world. Man is created in this essence and formed out of the dust or error of the earthly ideas. Happiness and misery are the invention
 

of the natural or earthly man or ignorance. I will try to illustrate how happiness and misery come into the identity of man. God is not the author of misery, for misery is what follows our belief. To make it plain to our understanding you must suppose yourself ignorant of what I shall illustrate.
I will show the absurdity of this world’s wisdom. We all say and believe that God made the world in six days and rested on the seventh. Now no one supposes that God in these six days was try-ing experiments, but worked or acted scientifically and after all was accomplished according to his wisdom, he or his wisdom sat down to rest. This rest was called the seventh day and in it he neither worked nor did any thing else. So that man was to do the same. Now let us look at it in a Christian manner and see if we do towards God as we would like that he or any one else should do to us. I labor all the week for the benefit of man’s happiness to explain to them the science of health. Now on the Sabbath I want to rest and I want the privilege of choosing my own amusement. I do not want people coming and laying before me their troubles on that day. The Lord sat down to rest after six days of labor. Man labors all the week for his own selfish ends, for the world’s goods and when he cannot make any more money he is uneasy and unwilling to sit still; he fixes up some place to go to get rid of the day, that annoys him. All those who have been laboring in the vineyard of God or science want that day to rest from their labors. But the wisdom of this world knows nothing of God but, like the foolsh virgins, spend all that day knock-ing at the door of the Lord praying him to listen to their hypocriti-cal story, expecting to learn something on that day so they can have all the rest of the week to serve the Devil in. Now if God is what their ignorance would make Him, where does he get any rest? For they call the seventh day the Lord’s and if there is any day in the whole seven when he could not get any rest it is the seventh day. On that day they call on him, laying before him all the fraud and deception, asking him to forgive their sins, without doing anything themselves except to humbly and hypocritically get down on their knees and say over some words which amount to nothing. So you see the wisdom of man is all the time tormenting God according to their creeds.
Now, how do I worship God? In all that I do scientifically, and when I have labored scientifically all the week, I want to rest. So I let God or science rest. So the God I worship is not known in the
 

religious world. If their God sits on the seventh day and listens to their stories, he would become as hard-hearted as a New York judge who sits on Monday and hears the story of the miserable creatures brought from the Tombs to be tried. The Christian’s God is placed in just such a place and he is just about as good, for his verdict is governed by public opinion and where he gets the most support. So that money makes the good Christian and ignorance makes the con-vert. The rich are saved with money and the ignorant are saved by grace, not by money for they have none. So the rich set up the religion to guide the poor and pay the priest for teaching it; there-fore God is not in their week’s work, but on Sundays. So if the priests take care of the masses Sunday, the rich will look out for them the rest of the week.
As there are so many kinds of Gods it is necessary for a person to know what kind of a God he worships. There is the God of war and the God of peace, the God of love and the God of hatred. All of these added to the heathen Gods make quite an army of Gods. Now all of these require obedience to their laws; therefore we pray to the God of battle to sustain us while we are fighting battles for his glory., and if ever a hypocrite was sincere, it is the prayer of the murderer who prays to his God to sustain him in his bloody act, then after the act is done returns thanks to his God as though God has sanctioned his bloody deeds. Oh shame! Vain man! This is the wis-dom of this world. I have no fault to find, for the God that I wor-ship is not responsible for this world’s God. My God is one God the living and true God who is the same today and forever. This God is not the Christian’s God. The Christian’s God is the God of perse-cution, envy and malice; he asks tithes and observances, has certain rules and ceremonies, requires long prayers and is very strict. He is very scrutinizing and not one hair of your head can fall to the ground without he sees it. He knows every one of your acts, stands outside them and sees all that you do, rewarding every one according to their acts. This is the Christian’s God, but this is not my God. My God is wisdom and has more intelligence. He acts in this way; when I ask my God if it is right to injure another, He asks me what I think about it and says do you think it is right? and lets me an-swer my own question, my happiness or misery being in the answer. If I should say, is it right to do wrong? He answers, What do you
 

think? Do you not have any power over me? No. Why not? Can you not judge what is right? No. Then you must learn. Suppose I wish to steal. Well, suppose you do. Would that make you any happier? Yes, if I knew you would not punish me. Did I ever punish you? No, not that I know of. Did you ever do anything you knew was wrong? Yes. Did not you feel guilty? Yes. Was not that feeling punishment? Yes. Where did that come from? You, I suppose. No, I never pun-ish any one. Then who does? The one that does wrong. Then I pun-ish myself. Yes, if you are punished at all. Well if all that punishes me is myself, that shall not punish me any more. If you do not pun-ish me why should I punish myself? Because you agree to. How? Do you want me to punish you if you do wrong? No. Then why do you want to do wrong if I do not wish to punish you?

November 1860
 
 
 

Intelligence
[orig. untitled]
 

You ask me to explain what I mean by that intelligence that is in-dependent of a person’s identity as a natural man. I will try to give you the true answer. The natural man is made of the substance called dust of the ground, that is of living matter. This matter is always changing and as it is life it receives into it the essence of wisdom and this essence or identity receives its birth from the wisdom or First Cause. As wisdom is all knowledge it fills all space, so that the natural life or matter is its servant . So as this wisdom spoke the iden-tity called man into existence, essence is in that identity. So that when a child is born, the matter contains this essence. Now I speak of the natural man; he is made of mind and matter; the matter is that part that compares to death; the mind is that which is called wisdom of matter. Now wisdom is the First Cause. The essence is the result or effect of wisdom.
 

Every living being is made of this essence or idea of matter. This essence is wisdom or progression and as it is attached to matter, it has its father or mother that protects it till it is able to protect it-self. But the wisdom of matter has its identity, just as much as the wisdom of God has its identity, so that man has two identities: one of error and the other of science; so as one is destroyed, the other is set free. Each wisdom has no form only as it is attached to an idea. Our wisdom may or may not be attached to things seen by the natural man. Yet it has an identity and is the very substance that makes the shadow we call man. But the natural man is so gross that he cannot see wisdom or light, so that things must be shrouded in darkness. When I speak to you, that which speaks is not the thing that speaks but the shadow of the substance.
I think I hear you say I do not understand. That voice comes from the world of error. But I hear a different voice that speaks from the inner scientific man, saying I understand.
 
 
 
 

The Explanation
[QUESTIONS IN HEALING]
 

(Doctor) You may seat yourself in this chair.
(Patient) Do you wish me to tell you how I feel?
(Dr.) No, I will tell you.
(P.) Oh, that is all the better, for doctors all want their patients to tell them how they feel.
(Dr.) Yes, I know that, and here is where I differ from them. I tell you your feelings and you tell the doctors. Do you understand that?
(P.) Yes, I think I do.
(Dr.) Well, which do you like better?
(P.) Your way of course, for if you tell me how I feel I shall think that you know more about it than I do, for I always supposed that you had to tell the doctors how you felt.
 

(Dr.) So it is, and then the doctor gives his opinion based on your feelings, and you know just about as much of your case as he does. So you see it is the blind leading the blind, and if the blind lead the blind, they both fall into the ditch.
(P.) Yes, so says the good book that never lies.
(Dr.) Now I do not do any such way. I sit down by the patient and take hold of his hand and sit till I feel a sensation in the mind.
(P.) How do you do that?
(Dr.) That is the mystery.
(P.) Well, it must be a mystery, for I cannot understand how you can take my feelings.
(Dr.) Do you know how Jesus took the feelings of the sick?
(P.) No, but I suppose that it must be by the power of God.
(Dr.) Do you believe the Bible?
(P.) Oh, yes.
(Dr.) Then you believe that Jesus Christ was God?
(P.) Yes, the Bible says so, and of course it must be true.
(Dr.) Then God took upon himself the feelings of the sick.
(P.) Yes.
(Dr.) Is man equal to God?
(P.) No.
(Dr.) Then if I take upon myself the feelings of the sick, what is it that does it?
(P.) It must be a power.
(Dr.) What do you mean by a power? (P.) I cannot tell; it is a mys-tery to me. (Dr.) So I supposed but now I will tell you how you feel. (P.) Well I would like to get well, and I do not care to know how it is done. (Dr.) Well, if you will give me your attention I will try to describe your feelings. Please to look at me in the eye. You have a strange feeling in your head. (P.) Yes, I will tell you. (Dr.) I do not wish you to tell me anything. Only say Yes or No to my ques-tions. (P.) I believe I understand you. (Dr.) This feeling in the head affects you over the eyes and at the bridge of the nose between the eyes; this produces over your eyes a heavy sensation that makes you want to close them. (P.) I don’t know what it is but that is just the way I feel. (Dr.) Then I am right so far? (P.) Perfectly, but I can-not see how you take my feelings. (Dr.) I will explain that by and
 

by. This heavy feeling in your head causes you to sit with your head inclined forward and that tires your neck and causes a pain in the back of your head. (P.) That is just so. (Dr.) And you try to hold up your head and that strains the muscles in your neck, and heats up those that surround the chest. This heat contracts them and makes you feel a weight pressing on your chest. (P.) That is just as I have felt a thousand times. (Dr.) This numbs the whole of your chest and head, so your head would incline forward and you feel as it you had twenty pounds hanging from your neck. This, of course, bows you down, and the effort of the will to sit up is more than you can make, so you want to lie down.
.(P.) I don’t see how you tell my feelings so easily. I could not tell them as near myself. (Dr.) This heavy feeling causes you to give way at the pit of the stomach and that causes a pain in the left side and at times a suffocating feeling. (P.) How near that is. It is just so. (Dr.) And then it causes a bloated feeling in the pit of your stomach and you have to loosen your dress. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) This causes a full feeling, first below the stomach and across the bowels to feel like a weight pressing down and pulling from the pit of the stomach, as though something was giving way at the side. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Now all this seems to come across the hips when you walk, so when you attempt to, it makes you feel weak in the back and weak all over. (P.) Yes, you are right, but can you help me? (Dr.) I must first find out all your troubles before I can explain to you the cause of them, for they are all in the mind. (P.) 0 dear, I know that it is not my mind that makes me feel all these feelings. (Dr.) Then what is it? (P.) Why, it is my back and stomach and head and side that feels, and ever so many more that you have not spoken of. (Dr.) Are all these feelings independent of your self? (P.) No, but I never thought anything about them till they came. (Dr.) Then you are sure that they came of themselves? (P.) Of course I am. (Dr.) Can you tell where they came from? (P.) No. (Dr.) Do you suppose that they came from any one? (P.) I do not know anything about that. (Dr.) You admit I feel them. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) From where did I get them? (P.) From me, I suppose. (Dr.) Then if my feelings came from you, why could not yours come from someone also? (P.) I do not know. (Dr.) This is just where the trouble lies. We take a dis-ease as something independent of the mind and here is the trouble; it is in us and not in the mind that the trouble lies.
 

The effect is in the mind and the cause is in the direction. Your feelings as far as I have gone are like witnesses that testify against you. You have no one to appear in your behalf and you are cast into prison [by] these false witnesses put up by blind guides who profess to lead the people into light but they lead them into darkness and rob them of all they have. Like the man going down to Jericho; you have fallen among thieves and you have been robbed of all your money or wisdom and been left alone in the dark . . . Now here you are without friends or wisdom, ignorant of all these enemies, cast into prison there to live a miserable life of suffering till death releases you from these evil beings. Now I appear in your behalf at the pri-son; for I find you there, indicted for all the above which, if true, you cannot escape. This power, as you call it, I call Christ, acting through the man Quimby. This wisdom is like the light or day, while your wisdom or belief is like the night or darkness and your light is like the moon’s light that makes shadows. Now as all shadows are the reflection of a substance, there must be some darkness to make a shadow. Error is matter and of course a substance. Its author is a belief.
As science is of light, it makes no shadow but like the rising of the sun, it dissolves the darkness and destroys it, and so it burns up the error or disease. Now in this prison all looks dark and gloomy. The sentence of death is nearly pronounced, your trial being nearly finished. The doctors and priests, who have got you in this trouble like hypocrites of old, come to your prison wall to torment you, as the Jews did Jesus when they held vinegar to his mouth. They come to you pretending to be your friends, [you] not knowing that their friendship is tormenting you. Now I suppose you would like to know whom I saw by you, for I talk as though I am speaking to some one else. Well, so I am, and that one is your life, imprisoned by the ig-norance of man. This life is the scientific life or man; its growth is science and its life is progression, and to check its progression is to imprison it in error. So the prison is the checking of the scientific man. Your scientific man or life is imprisoned by the wisdom of er-ror of this world. When I speak to you I speak to the sceintific man, and when I speak of an opinion, I speak of the priests and doctors and sometimes of public opinion. These opinions are like the fish spoken of by Christ that is not engrafted into a theory or creed.
We often hear persons disputing about the origin of language.
 

Now there never was a man who could translate the original lan-guage of God, for God never spoke at all. If Jesus was God, then God had to learn, and from all accounts Jesus was not much of a scholar. So either man or God lies. Now if God spoke to Moses, how did He speak? If He spoke, he must have spoken in the common language of Moses’ day. So you see man must have invented lan-guage before God could communicate with him; so God keeps up with the times and every now and then man finds out that God was mistaken about certain passages in the Bible. Did God or Jesus mis-represent or were the people deceived by His language? You see there is a mystery about the original language of God, for the Bible says that God spoke not as man speaks, for God was before Adam. So if God ever spoke, He spoke in the same language at the beginning as he does now, for he is unchangeable. So we must listen to the sound of God’s voice, not in the language of any person, for God speaks in that still small voice of sympathy that says to the poor sick like yourself, Be of good cheer, your sins or errors will be explained and your soul set at liberty. I will tell you how you may know when God speaks to you and when your prayers are heard. When you came here your prayer was to be cured. (P.) Yes, that has been my prayer night and day for a long time. (Dr.) God hears in secret and your prayers were in secret, were they not? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Could your doctor hear your prayers or feel your woes? (P.) No. (Dr.) Could the priest? (P.) No. (Dr.) Then neither of them could answer your prayers by returning sympathy for sympathy that they could not feel. (P.) No.
(Dr.) If Jesus was here would he not feel your troubles or prayers? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Did he not give his disciples the same power? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Well, if they cannot do what he did, have they any claims to apostleship? (P.) No. (Dr.) The true original lan-guage of God is this. If you are in trouble, you know it and feel it. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) This comes within your senses. For me to under-stand your feelings or language is to feel it and then invent some words or signs so as to give your outward man a sign that I do feel it . This last invention is only to explain to the well as nearly as pos-sible how the sick feel. So to know what the language of Jesus was is to know how he was affected by the person or persons he was ad-dressing. There is a mistaken notion about the senses. The senses
 

are just what a person knows and the difference between man and beast is in their senses, for man’s senses is his wisdom.
The beast has five senses and a great many human beings have not half so many. Because a human being is deprived of sight, hear-ing, taste, smelling, does that make him of less value than the brute, who has all the above? The truth is, what a man knows is his senses, not what he smells; his senses are in everything that contains his wis-dom. Show an orange to a child; the child’s wisdom embraces sight, not smell nor taste nor anything else. Give the child wisdom of what the orange is and put him in full possession of all the knowledge. Then the child is wiser than he was before. So his senses grow with his wisdom and this makes man different from the brute, and the difference is in his senses or wisdom. If a man is as ignorant as the brute, he is worse than one, for he has neglected to fulfill his obli-gations to himself and God. Now you may ask what has all this to do with your disease. (P.) Yes, I do not see as that has anything to do with my aches and pains. (Dr.) This is now what I am going to show you, how your mind is the disease.
You know I told you about your head, neck. and side, etc. (P.) Certainly. (Dr.) Well, do not forget that, for I shall refer to it when I come to the trial. (P.) Have you not come to that yet? (Dr.) Oh, No. I have not come to the disease yet. (P.) I thought you had been telling me my disease. (Dr.) No, these feelings are some of your symptoms; they are the effect and not the cause. (P.) Oh, well tell me the cause. (Dr.) Listen and I will try to explain the cause of your trouble as far as I have gone. These symptoms are in the first indictment, and as it will be necessary for me to prove all I state, I must draw your attention to what you will acknowledge to be true. You are aware that you have thought a good deal about the Scrip-tures and another world, as you call it. (P.) Oh, No! Not half as much as I ought to. (Dr.) Why? (P.) Oh, I think we all ought to read the Bible more than we do. (Dr.) Why? (P.) To make us bet-ter. (Dr.) Do you think that the Bible makes you better? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Then you really feel as though you got some good out of the Bible? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Do you think you understand it? (P.) Not as well as I wish I did. (Dr.) Do you get any more light in regard to it when you read it? (P.) Oh, Yes. (Dr.) How long have you studied it? (P.) I have always been taught to read the Bible.
 

(Dr.) Do you belong to any church? (P.) I do not know as that has anything to do with my disease. (Dr.) It may have, and as your be-lief is the witness, I first want to examine the witness so it is neces-sary that I should know all the facts that have a bearing on the case. (P.) I do not know as my belief has anything to do with the case. (Dr.) Well, we will see about that by and by. Please answer.
(P.) I suppose I am a member of a church. (Dr.) What church? (P.) The Calvinist Baptist. (Dr.) You say you study the Bible to find out your duty to your neighbor and yourself, and also your duty to your God as a Christian? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Well, what progress have you made? (P.) I cannot say that I have made much, for it still looks dark. (Dr.) Do you think you understand it? (P.) Not as well as I should like to. (Dr.) Does any one understand it? (P.) Why, I sup-pose Parson B knows more about it than I do. (Dr.) Where did he get his information? (P.) He is a very learned divine. (Dr.) So were the Pharisees and Levites, but Jesus shut their mouths, did he not? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Was Jesus a learned man? (P.) Why, Jesus was God. (Dr.) Well, was God ever supposed to study any languages? (P.) No, for he knows all things. (Dr.) Then God knew all things before language was invented. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Then language was not for God’s benefit, but for man’s. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Then God could communicate his will to man without language. (P.) Yes. (Dr.) If God formerly talked to men, do you suppose He spoke in an audible voice? (P.) I suppose He did for [the Bible] said He spoke unto Moses. (Dr.) Did He not speak to Saul when he was go-ing to Damascus? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) Did any one but Saul hear Him? (P.) I believe not. (Dr.) Did He not speak to Jesus, when he saw the heavens open and the Holy Ghost come down and heard the voice of God saying, “This is my beloved son in whom I am well pleased?” Did any others hear it? (P.) It did not say they did, but when the devil spoke, they all heard.
(Dr.) Do you suppose that if any one had been up in the moun-tain when Jesus was tempted, they could have heard the devil talk-ing to Jesus? (P.) No, that was his earthlly feelings or passions, like the rest of us when we are tempted to do wrong. (Dr.) The Bible says the devil talked and Jesus answered, Why do you put another construction on that passage? (P.) No one supposes that it was a devil in human shape. (Dr.) Then why did he tell him to get behind
 

him? (P.) Oh! There are many passages hard to be understood. (Dr.) Yes, but such plain language as that ought not be mis-represented. Did not the people once believe in the devil in human form? (P.) Yes, I suppose they did. (Dr.) Well, if he ever had an existence, is he dead? (P.) We often hear that he is. (Dr.) Now, if there ever was a devil, then the story in the Bible is false, is it not? (P.) I cannot disbelieve in the Bible because I cannot understand it. (Dr.) Was not Christ sent to save sinners? (P.) Yes. (Dr.) What is a sinner? (P.) Why, we are all sinners. (Dr.) Why did he say I am not sent to call the righteous but sinners to repentance? (P.) Oh! I cannot explain that, but if Parson B was here, he could. I should like to hear him talk with you. There he comes, shall I call him? Will it interfere with your cure? (Dr.) Oh! Yes, I should like to hear him explain some of these passages. (P.) I will rap on the window, but he seems to be coming in.
(Enter Parson) (P.) Good morning, this is Dr. Quimby. He is try-ing to see if he can cure me. (Parson B) Good morning, Doctor. I suppose you find Sister “A” very nervous. (Dr.) Yes, somewhat so. (Parson) I have spent a great deal of time in trying to reconcile her to the Holy Scriptures, where she must go for happiness in this world of woe and where she must look for happiness and where she will find Christ ready to lead her to her Father in Heaven. (Dr.) Do you suppose she is prepared to meet her God. (Parson) Oh, yes, she has been a bright and shining light in my church for over three years. (Dr.) What was the state of her mind when she first began to see the necessity of a change? (Parson) She was probably one of the most bewitching little creatures you ever saw. (Dr.) Did she ever do anything out of the way? (Parson) Oh, every one liked her, but she was like all others without that hope that one must have to fit them for that place where sinners can never enter. (Dr.) I suppose you mean heaven. (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Well, who has caused this change? (Parson) The Spirit of God. (Dr.) How did she receive it? (Parson) Through my feeble voice. (Dr.) Then you take the credit of being an instrument in the hands of God to explain the Scriptures so that she could understand and prepare her mind to receive the Holy Ghost or Christ? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Have you any proof that she has received the Holy Ghost? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) What is it? (Parson) Why, she has met with a change of heart. (Dr.) What do
 

you mean by a change of heart? (Parson) The love of God shed abroad in her heart, and a promise that if she continues in the true faith, delivered to the saints, she shall be saved.
(Dr.) Can you give me any sort of a reason for the faith you or she has in your beliefs? (Parson) Of course I can. (Dr.) Well, please tell me what you mean by religion? (Parson) To love God with all your heart and to love your neighbor as yourself. (Dr.) Do you live up to that? (Parson) Yes Sir, I think I do. (Dr.) Then you profess to be a follower of Christ, do you? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Could not Jesus raise this young lady if he was on earth? (Parson) Yes, for he could do all things. (Dr.) Can you? (Parson) The days of miracles are past, since the crucifixion of Christ. (Dr.) Have there not been any miracles since? (Parson) I think not. (Dr.) How did Jesus cure? (Parson) By the power of God. (Dr.) Was not Paul an apostle of Christ? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Was he not converted some thirty years after the crucifixion of Jesus? (Parson) Yes, I believe he was. (Dr.) Did he not perform miracles? (Parson) I cannot say about that. (Dr.) Well, you remember where it says that God wrought spe-cial miracles by the hands of Paul, so much so that aprons from his body were brought to the sick and the evil spirits went out of them and they were healed of their diseases. (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Do you call yourself a converted man? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) And feel as though you were born of God? (Parson) I do. (Dr.) Was God Christ? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) I thought you said that Christ cured by the power of God. (Parson) I mean Jesus received his power from God. (Dr.) So I understand you; now was that power that Jesus received the same that Paul received, for they both claimed it was from God? (Parson) Yes.
(Dr.) Was it the power of wisdom or a gift? (Parson) I do not know as I understand you. (Dr.) Did Jesus know how he cured or was it a gift? (Parson) Why of course he knew how he performed the cures. (Dr.) Then it was wisdom, not a gift. (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Was Paul’s [power] the same. (Parson) I suppose it must have been. (Dr.) Then the wisdom was not of this world. (Parson) No. (Dr.) Is not wisdom a power? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Is there any power in error? (Parson) Yes, for we read of the power of the devil. (Dr.) Then there are two powers. (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Was the devil’s power of God? (Parson) No. (Dr.) Then where did he get
 

it? (Parson) I do not know, but God said it was from the beginning and that he was a liar from the beginning. (Dr.) How are we to dis-tinguish these two powers? You say wisdom is God’s power, and the Devil’s you say did not come from God; so it cannot be wisdom, can it? Then it must be of this world. (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Then this world is matter? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Then man is made of matter? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) And wisdom in man, if he has any, must be God, is it not so? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) Then man is under two powers: wisdom of God and wisdom of the devil or error. (Par-son) Yes. (Dr.) Is wisdom matter? (Parson) No. (Dr.) Is error or the devil matter? (Parson) I don’t know. (Dr.) What does it mean when it says God shall reign till he has put all enemies under his feet and the last enemy is death. So death and hell and he that hath the power of death shall be destroyed? Is not all the above matter or something that can be destroyed? (Parson) Yes.
(Dr.) Are you not preparing this young lady to be resigned to the devil or death? (Parson) What do you mean? I think if you would cure your patients and not instruct them in regard to the Bible, you would do much more good. (Dr.) Did not Christ cure? (Parson) I hope you will not compare yourself with Christ. (Dr.) Why not? (Parson) Because it is blasphemy. (Dr.) Did Christ preach? (Par-son) Yes. (Dr.) Do you? (Parson) Yes. (Dr.) What kind of religion? (Parson) The religion of Christ. (Dr.) Do you mean to compare yourself with Christ? (Parson) Not in the sense that you do. (Dr.) How do you compare yourself with Christ? (Parson) By preaching his Gospel. (Dr.) Can you illustrate in what way you preach Christ, as the twelve apostles whom he called together, giv-ing them power over all disease and to cast out devils, and telling them how to distinguish between the false Christ or teachers. Now if you are a true disciple of Christ, here is a case to prove it. Save this young lady from the hands of death where ignorance and su-perstition have placed her. (Parson) Here is no place to discuss ques-tions of this kind. I will just say to this young lady, beware of evil spirits. Your soul is of more value than his theory, for if that is true, farewell to religion. We might live and enjoy ourselves as you did before you received the promise of eternal life. (Dr.) Did you not say that you were preparing her for the solemn scene of death? (Par-son) It is not worth while for me to try to convince an infidel, so
 

I will leave you, hoping you will see the error of your ways. Good morning.
(Dr.) Now you have heard your minister talk, and would his talk explain away your disease? (Patient) No. (Dr.) Then what is it good for? (P.) Well, I do not know, only it makes us happy. (Dr.) Does his talk or belief make you feel any better? (P.) I do not know as his talk would cure me, but I think his power could. (Dr.) I thought you admitted that he knew what he was doing? (P.) So I did. (Dr.) Well, how can a person let you know a truth without using language and talking? (P.) I do not know as they can. (Dr.) Now if I should cure you without explaining how I changed your mind, then you would be as ignorant as before? (P.) Yes, but I do not see that the mind has anything to do with the cure. For you say you have to change the mind to make the cure, and you say that you can cure me without my knowing how it is done. (Dr.) Yes, that is so, and I will try and explain, and if you do not believe, ask for proof.
Mind is matter but mind is not wisdom; so if your mind is dis-turbed and your wisdom imprisoned in the disturbance, I can by dis-turbing your mind set your wisdom at liberty and you be none the wiser. But if I use language to communicate to your error and con-vince it of its fault, then your error becomes wisdom. And then your wisdom increases just as you lose error; so that unto him that hath wisdom shall be given and unto him that hath not wisdom but er-ror, that shall be taken away, or that which he thinks he has, by wis-dom, and given to wisdom, and he shall have more wisdom.
Now I will illustrate this in your case. Your wisdom was of this world and was based on your religious opinions. They, being of man’s invention, were false. But being acknowledged as true, the world has been deceived by these false guides into a belief that really has been acknowledged as true. So that every one that is afflicted by these blind guides makes themselves a religion, that is according to the wisdom of man. Now your wisdom or science, by being misled by these blind guides, disturbs your mind, and the false direction given to it attaches it to a belief that you take for a truth. You may say, If your wisdom is of God how can it be deceived. Your wisdom is progression as well as science, so it may be misled as though it was of this world of error. Your belief is made of that substance called matter, and that to wisdom is called an idea and nothing more. For it can be destroyed or changed into another belief.
 

I want you to understand what I mean by a belief and how it af-fects you; so I will suppose myself your minister and I will com-mence by asking you if you were ever affected by religious experience. You must listen like a child, ready to receive instruction, so of course you have no mind or opinion on the subject. Your wis-dom is excited and it wants to be developed, so you listen and take it for granted that I have more wisdom than you. And not being able or not knowing the mode of testing my wisdom, you, being honest and simple, take me as a guide. I introduce my wisdom as a guide or truth, and being ignorant of myself lead you into a belief that I may believe myself or I may not.
If I am honest, I am more sincere and my sincerity affects you differently from my hypocrisy. But let it be as it may; I commence by calling your attention to another world and that to you is all Greek, but as I talk, you become excited and you begin to condense my argument into a belief, like a building, so that it looks clear to your little wisdom and you frame a belief or building to agree with the plan I have introduced. As your belief is condensed, it looks plainer and like a shadow till it becomes so plain that you cease to have an opinion and it then becomes a truth. Now all beliefs being the invention of man, they are of matter and liable to be changed or disturbed. So restrictions, creeds or penalties are attached to them and certain forms and ceremonies required of persons for their hap-piness, and the neglect of them is the forfeiture of their happiness.
Your belief in your religion requires some sacrifice on your part, but Jesus says in sacrifices he takes no delight. Science requires no sacrifice, but all priesthoods. are made up of sacrifice or offerings. If you comply with the creed or belief, then you shall be saved; if you see fit to doubt their wisdom, then you are judged guilty of the law and are tried by the creed, and being guilty, you are bound and cast into prison. In this state of mind, your wisdom being deceived, you become the child of these blind guides and in your trouble you call on the Lord, as you think. If you really do call on science, it would answer you, but you cannot call on whom you have never heard and receive an answer. So you receive the answer from your false leader and in this way you are held in prison till Christ or Science sets you free, as some revelation sets a criminal free by open-ing the door of his prison.
Now your state of mind first commenced by some little excitement
 

that sent a flash to your head and this made you a little nervous. Then the parson commenced his story; this affects you more and more and your reason keeps you in a state of excitement. At last you see no way by which you can be saved except through Christ and Christ is these blind guides’ belief. This you cannot understand. So in your trouble you think you are not as good as you ought to be. This troubles you till at last you settle down in a state of complete despair. This was the state of mankind when Jesus introduced this wisdom, called Christ. This wisdom separated the false Christ or the-ories from the true Christ or wisdom. One he called the wisdom of this world and the other the wisdom of God; so when he explained it, he used the parable of the talents. He who had the one talent, be-ing young and not understanding, knew just enough not to be de-ceived but not enough to put his theory into practice, sat still or hid it in the dust of ignorance till the time came to render up to wisdom the things that belong to God. You know how he thought wisdom had been a hard master etc. But wisdom knew that it was error who talked, so he cast out his error, gave him the wisdom of God or Science, and said unto him, Unto him that hath shall be given and he shall have more abundant[ly] or unto him that hath a little wis-dom shall be given more and unto the same person who hath error that he takes for truth, it shall be taken away and truth shall take its place.
Now this is your case. You have hidden your wisdom in the dust of ignorance and used the reason of error, as error never had any truth but is the wisdom of darkness. When the Christ or true wis-dom comes, it calls your error to an account and as it cannot give any good account of itself, it is cast into prison. Your wisdom be-ing attached to your error, you follow its father and Christ knew [?] the Devil and of course your error becomes the child of the devil. Jesus says Christ shall reign till he has put all things under his feet and the last thing is death. See how near your teacher agrees with this Christ; your Christ or teacher calls on you to prepare you for the very thing that my Christ came to destroy. If you will stop and look at your belief, it does not contain one single truth that Christ taught but is directly in contradiction to all his teachings. So the very burdens are put upon you by your false teachers who cry, Peace, peace when there is no peace. Now you know as well as I do that your ministers cannot help you at all, but they can torment you by
 

their creeds and leave you like the man going down to Jericho, who fell among thieves. They have robbed you of all your comfort and have left you to be devoured by wolves in men’s clothing who come prowling around, undertaking to heal your wounds by tormenting you with their drugs. So at last, with their smooth tongues and poi-son, they quiet you to sleep and like the strong man who enters your house while asleep, poison you [and] destroy your health.
Now this is your case: while you were quietly travelling along the journey of life, young and happy, these blind guides decoyed you from your father’s house or health and carried you off into a strange land or belief, robbed you of your happiness and left you among strangers or physicians, who come to you pretending to be your friends, offering you wine and opium and drugs to soothe your wounded heart. Then robbing you of all your health, they leave you on the ground. The priests and doctors come along and seeing you as the one they have robbed, pass by. Now I come and find you lying on the ground and taking you up, carry you into an inn or happier state of mind, bind up your heart that the priests have broken, and pour into your soul that they have wounded the oil of truth, leave a few pence or ideas of value with your wisdom or landlord and go my way. When I come again, if the debt of health is not paid, I will explain the balance. Now who is your friend? I will now bring you before your enemies, that you may be tried by the laws of God or Science. And as you are held in bondage by man’s laws, the laws of science will set you free. I will read over your indictment. Here you stand before the tribunal of man, accused of sundry offenses which I shall read to the court, all of which you have been made to believe. If true, they must cast you into prison, there to live a mis-erable life. Here is the indictment:
You are accused of a heavy feeling over the eyes, so it is with difficulty you keep them open; also shooting pains in the head, cold, neuralgia, pains in the back of the neck, shooting across the chest, faintness at the stomach, sudden palpitation of the heart, etc; a heav-iness about the hips causing great pains in the small of the back; a bearing down of the lower part of the abdomen, shortness of breath in walking, accompanied with a low state of mind, feeling at time as though you were alone in the world. All of the above are the feel-ings brought against you and you have pleaded guilty to them. Now I have undertaken your case and in reading over the indictment, I
 

see that all the offenses you stand indicted for are offenses against the laws of man, not against God or Science. So that man’s laws or opinions cannot hold the child of science in bondage, if she can be proved clear. It is not incumbent on me to show that you are inno-cent of all you are accused of, so I will state my defense to the court. In the first place, God never made a law that man can show and in the next place if he did, you never disobeyed it. And I am ready to have you tried by the laws of truth. If you have offended against truth, let your accusers come forward and show wherein. I will call the doctor to the stand and let him tell his story. So Doctor, you may take the stand and state all you know about this lady.
Doc. I was called to see her some six months ago and found her laboring under a nervous excitement caused by congestion of the lungs. Well, what else? I administered to her and found her the next morning laboring under very severe pains in the head and across the eyes. Have you any name for these feelings? The pains across the chest were congestion of the lungs and the pains in the head and back were tic douloureux or neuralgia. The pains in the back of the neck running down the spine were caused by a spinal affection . After a day or two, the symptoms changed somewhat, assuming another form, a weakness at the pit of the stomach, with a slight irritation about the heart, causing great tenderness around the left side. These symptoms I treated in the usual way. (Counsel) Are you a regular? (Doc.) I am. (C) Go on. (Doc.) In a few days there was great sore-ness about the pit of the stomach, and pains shooting around the waist, producing a feverish state of the abdomen, with considerable swelling and a weight therein, so that it was with difficulty she could walk. (C) What do you call that? (Doc.) At first, I considered it a slight inflammation of the kidneys and intestines, but on further ex-amination I came to the conclusion that it must be an affection of the female organs and treated her for that. But in spite of all my remedies, she sank till she became too weak to walk; so she had to keep her bed most of the time. (C) How long since you have been called to this lady? (Doc.) Some six months. (C) How was she when you first saw her? (Doc.) As I have described, laboring under ner-vous excitement and congestion of the lungs. (C) What course of treatment did you use? (Doc.) I ordered a blister plaster over the chest and left medicine. (C) Did you not give the blue pill?
 

(Doc.) Yes. (C) Did you not inform her or her parents of her state? (Doc.) Indeed, as fast as it appeared. (C) Did you wait for the symptoms to appear? (Doc.) Oh no. When I first saw her I told her the cause. (C) Do you remember the cause? (Doc.) Yes, for she was very much disappointed and said nothing ailed her. (C) Did you convince her you were right? (Doc.) I did. (C) You consider it your duty as a physician to tell the patient what disease he has? (Doc.) Yes sir. (C) Well sir, you say the bowels were swollen after that? (Doc.) Yes. (C) Did you use any remedies? (Doc.) Yes, I blistered them. (C) How did you treat the uterine trouble? (Doc.) I applied caustic for ulceration, for such was the state of the organs.
(C) All this took place after you first saw her? (Doc.) Yes. (C) That is all. Now will the mother step on the stand? Will you please state how your daughter was attacked and also how she was when the doctor called. (Mother) Shall I begin from the commencement of her sickness? (C) Yes, if it is necessary to get the facts. (Mother) Well, some three years ago, when Parson B was ordained, Mary attended the meetings and became very much interested in the revival of religion that was subsequently awakened in the church. I think she took some cold, for she would complain of her head ach-ing and at last she became melancholy. (C) Did she read much? (Mother) Nothing but the Bible. (C) Did you think that hurt her? (Mother) No. Religion never hurt anyone, but the want of it hurts a great many. Well, as I was saying, she grew melancholy and would sit alone for hours and it seems as though all the comfort she took was when the parson came in. Then she would rouse herself a lit-tle, but as soon as he was gone, she would sink back into the same state of mind. (C) What did she complain of? (Mother) She would sigh and often speak of her head being confused, and feeling weak, till we were alarmed about her and sent for the doctor; and when he came—(C) Stop here. Did she complain of any disease or only her feelings? (Mother) Only her feelings. (C) Go on.
(Mother) When the doctor came, he examined her and treated her accordingly. (C) Did you hear the doctor’s testimony? (Mother) Yes. (C) Did you ever have such an opinion of her case till you were told so by the doctor? (Mother) No. (C) Did you ever hear your daughter intimate that she had such a disease before the doctor came? (Mother) No, and she went on from one disease to
 

another just as the doctor had said. (C) And you are satisfied that the doctor understood her case? (Mother) Oh yes, for I remember when he told her that her lungs were affected, she was much sur-prised and so was I, for we never dreamed of such a thing. (C) How did it affect her? (Mother) At first it shocked her very much so that she did not sleep that night, but the parson came in the morning and prayed with her and she seemed more calm. Religion is the only thing the poor child has to cling to, for her disease went on so rapidly that it seemed as though we had all been blind to her danger. I really believe if she had not seen the doctor as she did, she would have been in her grave. (C) You need not give your opinion, only tell what you know. (Mother) Well, that is what the doctor said—if we did not send for him just as we did, she would have been in her grave. (C) Then all you know is what the doctor said? (Mother) Yes, of course, for I know nothing of disease myself. I have brought up six children and never a doctor in the house before.
(C) Then you have a very good opinion of your doctor? (Mother) Why should I not when he could foresee just how my daughter’s disease would go on. I was very particular to listen to all he said, and remember how he would tell how the disease would af-fect her. (C) You may retire.
Miss ______, will you please state to the judge how you were when the doctor came to see you first. You need not rise, keep your seat. (Patient) I do not remember my feelings as they were at that time well enough to describe them now, but when the doctor stated them, I remembered them. (C) Had you all the diseases that he said you had? (P) I do not know anything except what he said. (C) How did it affect you? (P) It at first made me very nervous. (Judge) Do you stop here? (C) Not quite yet. This is a case of great importance, not only to the person accused but to the whole people at large, for if a person is to be convinced on such testimony as that, science is of no use. If opinion is law, then the wisdom of God is of no effect. Now this young lady is accused of sundry and divers diseases, named in the writ as offenses against the laws of God; and she has been ar-raigned before you as a judge of truth and science, and it becomes necessary on my part to prove to the court that the whole of the above testimony is false, that it does not contain one word of science but is all the invention of man, that she is not guilty of any of the diseases named, as arising from any disobedience of God’s laws.
 

I must show to the court that she is innocent of all she is accused, that all her symptoms, as they are called, are the effect of her be-lief, that the witnesses here are the very ones who have betrayed and deceived her into an acknowledgment of what she had never known anything before. Being threatened with everlasting punishment, she became so nervous that she was not in her right mind, and in this state she was made to confess whatever she was requested to do, and then her deceivers turned against her and here she is.
I will now show that all they have accused her of is false. I will call on the parson and show that his wisdom is based on an opin-ion of which he cannot show the first shadow of proof. You can state by what authority you so deceived the lady. (Parson) By what authority do you call my profession in question? (C) By the authority of God or wisdom. (Parson to the Judge) Have you any jurisdiction over a minister of the Gospel of Christ? (Judge) No. (Parson) Then why am I arraigned before you to answer for an offense which, if true, would be a stain on my Christian character?
(C) I will state one thing which I stand ready to prove, that this minister is not in fellowship with the character of Jesus, nor is he a disciple of Christ, but is decidedly in opposition to all of Jesus’ teachings. And that he is one of those blind guides spoken of by Je-sus and his disciples who go about entering the houses of the mind, while the inmates are asleep or ignorant of his character, bind them and then destroy their goods or happiness.
This same minister entered her happy home or mind some three years ago, and by the dim light of heathen superstition frightened her into a confession that she had been guilty of disobeying the laws of God, and unless she repented and acknowledged it, she must suffer eternal punishment. This frightened her into a belief that made her nervous and in this state of mind the doctor was sent for. I will call the doctor on the stand again. If I remember rightly doc-tor, you said when you were called to see this young lady, you found her under great nervous excitement. (Doc.) Yes. (C) Did you make up your mind what was the cause? (Doc.) Not exactly, but supposed it must have been from some over-excitement of the brain. (C) Did you know that it was by religious excitement? (Doc.) In fact, I never thought of that till now (further evidence objected to but overruled).
(C) Did you ever see a person laboring under excitement caused by attending these religious meetings? (Doc.) Yes, frequently. (C) If
 

you should be particular to notice their talk and acts, could you not tell whether it was by religious excitement or not? (Doc.) Yes.
(C) Well, please say whether or not you think this young lady’s first excitement was caused by that. (Doc.) I am now certain of it and if this court will let me state what I know, that will show my feel-ings at the time. (C) Go on.
(Doc.) Some two or three weeks before the revival in which she was very much interested, together with a number of other young ladies who all experienced religion, I was at a ball where she was present, and in the course of conversation with her, expressed my interest in her health . She replied that as long as she could keep clear of doctors and priests she should do well enough and in less than two weeks after that time, the excitement commenced. (C) How long did it keep up? (Doc.) Some five or six days.
(C) Then it was at one of these protracted meetings? (Doc.) Yes.
(C) How long ago was that? (Doc.) I don’t know, but think it must have been some three years and a half ago. (C) You say that there were some other young ladies that were affected? (Doc.) Yes.
(C) How have they come out? (Doc.) One is in an insane hospital and another died of depression of the most horrid kind. In fact, I do not know of anyone who was not affected. (C) Now you have heard the doctor’s opinion of your meetings; what does the parson say to that? (Parson) I do not deny that those that he named came to their death as he said, but it was not by religion, for religion never makes any one crazy. (C) How do you know? You give no proof. (Parson) I know that. (C) You have stated something you cannot prove.
If it was necessary to prove that this man is a false teacher I could do it, but I have shown enough to prove that all his knowledge is based on an opinion of some one who is as ignorant as himself. So you may leave and answer to wisdom for your inability to preach Christ. Now I think I have the foundation for the medical doctor. I will show to the court that the medical doctor is as ignorant of his profession as the priest. And between them both they have kept this young lady in prison for three years. I will now ask the medical doc-tor a few questions. What causes disease? (Doc.) Disobeying the laws of God. (C) You are sure of that? (Doc.) Yes. (Judge) Have you the laws of God in regard to health? (Doc.) I have not.
 

(Judge) Did you ever hear of such laws? (Doc.) Oh yes, often. (Judge) Did you ever see any such laws? (Doc.) No. (Counsel against the prisoner) You do not say that there are no such laws. (Judge) I never saw them. (Doc.) Are there any laws in regard to health? (Judge) Oh, yes, there are many, but who made them? (Doc.) Man I suppose, but are they not founded on the laws of God? (Judge) I never saw such laws in the book of life. (Doc.) Where are the laws that man disobeys? (Judge) The laws of their own make. Every man is a book and is judged out of his own book, and he that is found in the book of life or wisdom is not judged by the laws of man. (Counsel) The patient is accused of cer-tain offenses committed against the laws of God and by these laws she is to die. Here I stand ready to show that she had been deceived by the medical doctor who is ignorant of his calling and being ig-norant had made her believe a lie, that she may be damned or die. So I will call the medical doctor to answer a few questions.
You say that when you first called on the patient you found that she was laboring under nervous excitement caused by congestion of the lungs? (Doc.) Yes. (C) How did you ascertain the fact that it was congestion of the lungs? (Doc.) By sounding them and by respi-ration. (C) Are you sure that you cannot be deceived? (Doc.) I think I am. (C) Do you on your oath, before the judge of wisdom say that there was congestion of the lungs? (Doc.) No, I won’t swear, for I might be mistaken. (C) Do not all medical doctors get mistaken often? (Doc.) Oh, yes. (C) Then it is your opinion that her lungs were affected? (Doc.) Yes. (C) You caused a blister-plaster to be applied? (Doc.) Yes. I applied a blister-plaster all over the chest to relieve the irritation. (C) Does not a blister-plaster ir-ritate? (Doc.) Yes. (C) Does it not make some persons so nervous that it has to be removed? (Doc.) Yes.
(C) Was it so in her case? (Doc.) She made a great deal of ob-jection and wanted it to be removed. (C) Would not this of itself affect her whole system and cause her head to ache? (Doc.) I sup-pose it might. (C) Well, have you proof of any disease except your opinion? (Doc.) Yes. (C) What? (Doc.) A great many things.
(C) Would you have known anything by your own feelings if you had been blind and the lady dumb? (Doc.) No.
(C) Your wisdom was founded on your sight and her voice?
 

(Doc.) Yes. (C) Can you see pain? (Doc.) No. (C) Can you feel another’s pain? (Doc.) No. (C) Then how do you know that any-thing ailed her, only by her looks and what she said? (Doc.) That is the only way. (C) Are not persons very nervous when they are not sick? (Doc.) Yes. (C) Well, that is all. I suppose the Judge is satis-fied that the medical doctor’s opinion is founded on circumstantial evidence and there is not one single particle of wisdom in all his tes-timony. So she is not guilty of any disease by man’s laws from the testimony of the medical doctor, only that she has been frightened into an acknowledgement of something that she never knew any-thing about. I propose to show in the first place that God never made a law of any kind, and if he never made a law, then man could never transgress what was never made. I will introduce the original book of God or nature and see if the translation was right to make God responsible for man’s laws. It reads in God’s book that man was created a little above the brutes. Jesus said that the foxes have holes and the birds have nests, but the son of man had nowhere to lay his head, so that Jesus was a fair specimen of man in his origi-nal state, cast among brutes of all kinds. His life was one of terror and bloodshed, and as might was right with brutes and man, it be-came necessary for man to invent some way to protect himself against the brute, so he invented laws and penalties to govern man.
God is not found in any law containing rewards and punishments. We often hear the word science, but this is not found in God’s book—science is the name of wisdom reduced to practice. We often hear of the laws of God. When we ask for an illustration, we are told, if a person falls off a building, it will kill him. Suppose it does, has he disobeyed any law? I say no. All will admit that bodies are attracted to the earth. This is a truth, and to reduce this wisdom to man’s senses so that he shall know the fact, man calls it the effect of the science of God’s laws, or a knowledge of God’s wisdom. Now if you let a rock fall from a building, it falls according to the laws of God, but if man falls, he has disobeyed some of God’s laws. And if by chance it does not kill him, he must be punished by God with pains until he will cease from breaking that law. And God has just about as much to do with the rock as with the man. It is impossi-ble to disobey God in any one thing, for wisdom is not of this world of matter. For wisdom is that which fills all space, so there cannot
 

be any real space occupied by matter. Matter as man calls it is only a shadow of substance, so a shadow cannot fill space; it is a vacuum, ready to be filled by wisdom when man arrives at the truth of the substance that makes the shadow.
Opinions are by the wisdom of this world admitted to be true. These opinions are condensed into a belief and pass off for sub-stance. In this way matter has been introduced in this world by er-ror and out of this error or matter man has been made. But the scientific man or wisdom came from God, and like the mind that penetrates through the pores of all matter, it was breathed into this shadow and it became a progressive being . This wisdom sees through the error or earthly man. It will not be subject to his will, but does not interfere with the natural man’s opinions; it only sanctions what man agrees to. If man condenses his wisdom into any belief that makes him liable to any law that he may make and it becomes a fixed law, then he must be punished by that law. But if he seeks wisdom from above and obtains it, then the laws of matter cannot bind him in bondage. If I show by the wisdom of God that this young lady has not committed any offense against the laws of God, then the Judge of Science will release her from the laws of man. This is my defense: that disease is not self-existent but is the invention of this world of error. To show that, it is necessary to go back some ages and see how the ancient philosophers of Greece and Rome enter-tained the same ideas that Jesus did. Both condemned religion with the most vehement denunciation they could invent.
Lucretius condemns it as the greatest tyrant of man, holds that it is directly against science and everything that tends to enlighten man. He shows that mind is master, that there is nothing else than mind and matter. He called them matter, and void or space, which is the same. For matter is not seen by the natural man except by the effects. He shows that the idea of weight, as it is called, is impos-sible; but people cannot understand when they see a thing fall that it does not contain weight. Let our philosophers discard the idea of weight and introduce the words gravitation and attraction. These last are as false as the first, for there cannot be such a thing in wis-dom as gravitation. Every one knows that the air presses on all mat-ter so that it is filled with air or something that makes a vacuum; so that when there is the most vacuum in matter, the lighter it is.
 

The air penetrates like sound or matter, so that matter and mind are all that there is to be seen even by the spiritual man. His idea is that as all matter decomposes, it passes into void and out of sight to the natural man. So if matter is matter when it is not visible, why does it not fall to some center and there remain? (All wisdom shows that it does not act in that way). Now as matter is dissolved by some solid which comes in contact with it, I call this solid the essence of wis-dom. This essence breaks in pieces all the matter or error. And as it fills all space, it holds all matter in solution as it is in the very air. It is always dissolving all bodies and as they dissolve, they pass off, not rise, for there is no rise or fall, nor length or breadth, but vacuum or essence.
This essence is governed by wisdom and wisdom sees through all error or matter. Matter is the name of that which we see and feel, and that which we cannot see and can only feel is mind. This mind is what rises from the idea matter and as the idea is destroyed, the particles are held in solution, not destroyed but separated by this es-sence of wisdom. So that the word or idea is not in existence as such, or as matter, but as a remembrance. I will try to illustrate. The word disease contains an idea of disturbance of the mind. As there is no identity, it is a mere sensation in this essence where the mind is. Now the idea of a tumor is made or spoken into existence; this matter set in motion by this essence, an idea is formed or belief that there is such a thing as a tumor. This belief is the light of the person that believes it; his body is lighted by it, being nothing but the shadow of substance that can never be destroyed. This belief can enter the shadow and set up its standard of wisdom and keep the wisdom of God from developing itself, like a rock that defies the essence to dis-solve it; but wisdom can break it in pieces by its power. Error gives direction, and as this matter like electricity is set in motion, and as vacuum is composed of vacuum and matter of error, error by ex-cluding all wisdom or science from itself makes to itself a tumor as solid as its ignorance can invent. This process has been carried to that perfection, that man in his ignorance can almost turn his iden-tity into a pillar of salt.
 
 

The Explanation of Matter
[part of previous article]
 

The religion of the pagans and heathen was founded on the super-stition of their leaders and their philosophy was to prove their religion. Their religion affected the people, for the wiser men saw that there was no truth nor sound logic in all their reasoning but the tendency of their religion was to make man ignorant and supersti-tious . So to offset this a more enlightened class of philosophers arose whose aim was to destroy the mythology.
To do this it was necessary to show the absurdity of their doc-trines. As their doctrines purposed to commence at the beginning of time, it was necessary that they should attack the very founda-tion of their theory. As of course those philosophers commenced in matter, it was necessary for the philosophers who wrote in op-position to their religion to show the absurdity of their theory. So Lucretius, who stands among the first of the pagan philosophers, struck at the pillar of their very foundations by showing that there was no foundation for their beliefs.
All philosophers mention the existence of matter which being dis-solved passes into space. And man being made of matter, as his body decomposes, he also passes into space. And he, like all other mat-ter, comes to an end. But as this theory would not cover the whole ground, it leaves man in space like all other matter, a sort of spirit or soul or some living principle that comes out of this matter and exists somewhere.
The locality of this soul or life was never defined by the religious world. Philosophers have given different accounts of the soul, but at the time that Lucretius wrote, the religious world had no idea of a world after death, like the Christians of our day, but all their religion was confined to this life. It is true that there were exceptions, but the large majority of the people at the time of Lucretius, one-hundred years before Christ, believed in a soul. So that by reading Lucretius you get a very good idea of the opinion of that philosopher concerning the effect of religion on the masses. He looked upon it
 

as the worst enemy of man and to destroy it, it was necessary to show that the philosophy on which it was based was false.
So he commenced with matter and proved that matter is nothing but an idea, that there was no such thing as matter with the First Cause. He reasons man and matter into space and shows that all the philosophy of man is based upon a false basis and religion does more harm than good. So he, like all the rest, dissolves man and leaves him in space and all beyond is man’s opinion, without any foundation .
His philosophy was to destroy the religion of his day, and mine is to destroy the religion of my day and show that our religion is based on our philosophy and claims the story of the Old Testament to prove it. So I have to commence at the beginning and show that the philosophy of the Old Testament had nothing to do with the cre-ation of the earth nor anything in it nor on it. But those ideas were the beliefs of the ancients before Moses was born. Moses is supposed to give a description of the commencement of the world, when noth-ing can be more absurd. He only gave a theory of the creation of man and showed that there was a power superior to man. But the ignorant and superstitious supposed that Moses was writing about the creation of the world. This led to superstition and priestcraft and as these beliefs were accompanied with a philosophy to establish their doctrines, they turned and twisted the Old Testament into a religious book, teaching ideas that Moses never dreamed of.
Moses’ religion was his wisdom and his wisdom was far superior to the religion of his day. His religion was his philosophy; so is every one’s, and that philosophy which contains the most truth is the best religion. Science had nothing to do with their religion and was op-posed to it. Religion, or many s science or philosophy, bound bur-dens on the people and there was no philosophy that could explain or lighten man of these burdens. For the wisdom of man had not arrived at the point where there could be a philosophy that would teach man that his happiness was the result of his wisdom and his misery was the natural result of his belief.
Now the mistaken idea of what mind is has led man into trouble and causes so much sickness and sorrow, and this is the origin of disease. Convince man that mind is matter and wisdom is not, and he will no longer be deceived by false guides, crying, Peace, peace, when there is no peace.
 

This is the origin of disease and this is what the philosophers of Greece and Rome, Lucretius and others wrote against. For they saw that the priests by their false doctrines made men believe all sorts of stories. They knew that their beliefs were matter or mind and they saw what their effect on the people was. But as the priests in those days held the people in a slavery sanctioned by their Gods, reformers found no favor with the people. Now as the priests kept binding bur-dens of disease on the people, philosophers would rise up and try to rid the people of their burdens. But the priests held such sway over the people’s mind by phenomena that the masses could not explain, that the wise could not put their wisdom into practice. So the priests exercised full sway over the minds of the people. The philosophers who knew that mind was matter could see through the hypocrisy of the priests. Also they could see through the fact that any idea or be-lief could be condensed so as to come within the senses of the masses and this would be proof that the priests were right. So at the time these philosophers wrote, their doctrines or wisdom could not be un-derstood. Nor is it understood now by the masses, nor will it ever be, although it be true and can be reduced to a science. Thus the masses have always been under the control of the priests. So that this wisdom which would destroy all standards in matter was not tried to be put into practice scientifically for some hundred and fifty years, when Jesus called attention to the same theory.
There were persons who could change matter, move bodies and cure many diseases and some had reduced it to a sort of belief which would counteract the priests’ belief, but none but deceivers tried to sell the art. Even in these days, you see certain persons undertak-ing to teach people to psychologize, as though they knew something that others did not, while they themselves are so ignorant of the way they produce phenomena as the people were in the days of Jesus. The priests took advantage of every phenomena, but they kept the knowledge for their own benefit and made the people believe in su-perstition. Finally they formed a religious belief, attaching penal-ties to the disobeying any laws that the priests set up. Now the science or wisdom that shows that mind can be acted upon would leak out and it kept the priests all the time inventing some new phenomena to keep the people under. At the time of Jesus their craft had leaked out so that it had gotten into the hands of the people and took the names of the inventions of men. They were like the
 

mediums of our days, talking about a gift and communications from the spirits of the dead. Many such pretended to do as Jesus did, thinking it was a gift or art from God; they knew that theirs was not genuine, but the people believed in them. In these days, I am set down with the same class of people, who have a power or gift, by fools or the ignorant because the superstition and religious creeds have closed up all avenues to wisdom. They are in the fog and can-not see out and they think that every one else is in the same place.
In Jesus’ day, if he undertook to expose the priests, they would accuse him of making himself equal with God and would cry, Cru-cify him. So like the leaders of any party, when they want to bear down on their game, they set on the dogs. When Jesus began to teach this new truth, for although it was old it had a place in the minds of the masses, he called the people together, not to instruct them in religion but to show them that religion was just what the wise philosophers had called it. So he denounced the leaders, showed the people how their belief made them sick and being wiser and hav-ing more courage than any who believed as he did, he tried to reduce this wisdom to a science. To do this it was necessary to prove it by his works, as the priests would cure by their deception. For the mind, like potter’s clay, is under control of whoever gives direction, the works showing whether they be of God or man. If of man, then man is under the law; if of God or science, man is free from the law so that the law has no power over him, for he that is dead to the law or alive in wisdom is free from sin and death or error.
Jesus wanted everything in common, that is, if a person knows anything that is for the happiness of man to know, let it be known. He said that every truth should be given or taught to man. No one should say, Know you this truth or science, but all should ac-knowledge it from the wisest and it shall become the wisdom of the world. Perhaps it will be necessary to say what there is to be known. It is this: Jesus wanted the people to understand that religion, as they were taught it, was the blackest sort of hypocrisy, only got up to keep a class of lazy thieves and robbers in power, who devour houses of wood and houses of mind, carrying off and selling men and women into slavery, for their own good. When Jesus applied these sayings to the people, it melted down their heathen belief and by his words of wisdom, they were cured.
Jesus never had any religious opinions. His works were his life and
 

his life was his Christ or theory. The people could not understand this so they crucified him, and that ended the life of one of the best men that ever lived, for his natural man became subject to his scien-tific man or wisdom. This wisdom cannot help making mankind bet-ter any more than a good man can help becoming narrow-minded and bigoted by belonging to a church. Our beliefs are all there is of us and just as we measure out to our neighbor, we measure out to ourselves, so action and reaction are equal. If we make a person be-lieve anything that we have no proof of, except as an opinion, we bind burdens on our friends that our wisdom cannot remove. Wis-dom says that every idle word must be accounted for at the day of judgment .
So here I stand as a mediator for this young lady and if I have shown that her accusers are guilty of perjury against the laws of wis-dom, then the court will give the verdict to the defendant and cast a wicked and ungodly belief into the fire of science, where it shall be burned with unquenchable truth.
I will stop here, for I believe that I have satisfied the court that the priests bound on this young lady their hypocritical creeds which made her nervous, and then the other part of the priesthood, the doctors, decoyed her into the worst of all company where she was betrayed into all kinds of misery. Then they turned their backs upon her after robbing her of her money and character—for her belief is her character—and making her believe she is one of the worst of characters. For to be sick is a disgrace and if the superstition of the world had the power, they would kill the sick for the safety of the well. These two classes, priests and doctors, have so degraded men that sickness is the greatest evil in life. Jesus knew this and he laid down his life or ran the risk that neither dared to do, took their dis-eases upon himself, risking the danger of becoming sick and dying as they would do.
In closing my argument, I will say to the court and multitude that I knew that this girl had been deceived by these two blind guides. In the first place, I never ask my patients anything but tell them all. This the doctors do not pretend to do. I have no religious belief to teach as the priests have. Something cannot come from nothing and as I have nothing of myself, they get nothing from me that will af-fect them. The priests’ belief is a lie and is of matter; the believing of it changes the mind or matter. The ignorance of the creeds is their
 

light and that being a false light makes a shadow and in the shadow the patient puts his trust. As it is founded in ignorance and super-stition, it contains all sorts of evil spirits and ghosts, etc. My wis-dom can see through this veil of the priests. I see where the deception lies and as I explain, the vacuum of their mind is lit up and the shadow disappears, like the rays of the moonlight when the sun rises. As ignorance or religion receives the truth or science it gives way to a higher priesthood not made by man, but eternal in wisdom, that teaches man to do to another as he would like that other should do to him. This is all; so I stop for the verdict to be made up.

January 1861
 
 
 
 

Mind
 

Every truth is in a minority and is opposed by the majority. The principle of this world is that the majority is right. So of course, as error is always in the majority, it must be right. Now let us see if it does not hold good. Is it not so in religion and politics? Truth is not acknowledged at all as an opposite of error but a balance to weigh each man’s opinion. Opinions are the substances that are weighed. Truth is nothing but the balance; it has no existence in this world because it is a stranger to matter. Now these two worlds or philosophies split up the world of matter, for one reasons in it and the other out of it. One has laws, the other has none; one has dis-ease, the other none; one has the wisdom of matter, the other the wisdom of God, and each proves its science. Now man is made up of the wisdom of matter and matter has its God. And all of its laws are found in matter. As disease is a transgression of these laws of matter, man is punished by these.
Now to punish a man for disobeying a law is to suppose the law
 

existed before the offense was committed, for where there is no law, there is no transgression. So that this world’s God supposed that man would do wrong and so made a law in advance. The disobey-ing of this law was sin; so by the law came sin, and by sin came dis-ease, and by disease came death. So every one is under the sentence of death, for all have sinned. This is one of the majorities’ reports and to get clear is to do something to get rid of nothing. The law is the enemy to get rid of and that is made of nothing, for it con-tains nothing. The same majority says that where there is no trans-gression, there is no law. Then if there is no act, there is no law. This makes it just where the wisdom of God makes it.
Every act contains the law of action and reaction and that is all the law that wisdom ever had. But the wisdom of man puts the other construction on it, namely, that the effect comes before the cause. This holds good in all of this world’s philosophy and I shall show that all of their philosophy is based on phenomena that takes place in the spirit world or above the natural man. And man in his ignor-ance gets up a philosophy to explain his ignorance of the phenomena. This causes all the misery that human beings suffer and is ignorance of themselves. Man invents his misery and lays it to God. Being ignorant of God or Wisdom, he sets up a standard based on an opinion.
For instance, how often we hear the saying, “Wrap up so you will not take cold.” Now if there had ever been any more penalty at-tached to cold than to heat, then man would not have any fear of cold than of heat. But if you go out in the cold, you transgress one of God’s laws. I ask the question if winter and summer, heat and cold were not made before man? All will say, Yes. Will any person stand up and say that going out-of-doors alters the weather? No. Then the cold does not forbid a person going out or have anything to do about it. So if a man goes out, he goes according to his be-lief and he is affected according to it.
Suppose there are two persons: one believes in taking cold, so his fears excite him; the other is accustomed to the cold and never knew anything bad about it. Now I ask anyone if he thinks these two per-sons go out under the same feeling? You answer, No. Then the one that is always catching cold would be the most likely to be affected? Yes. Now did God make a law that if a person exposed himself to
 

the cold and he disobeyed this law of health, he must be punished? You may say that the healthy man was not really exposed for he was not in feeble health. Then the man in feeble health is the one to be punished or take cold. Now see how absurd such a belief is. Accord-ing to this instance and this holds good in every case, the Great Father of every good and perfect gift is all wisdom and knows all things. He sees the effect before it happens, governs all our acts and not a hair can fall without his knowledge. He made all laws for the happiness of man and had such great love for us that he exposed himself to his own laws and took the penalty to save us poor sin-ners. All this is taught by the clergy.
Now listen to me a short time and I will set all this right. This law it seems was not to embrace those that did not catch cold. They could not have broken the laws, for if they disobeyed the law in the least, they were guilty. So the law was for them that disobeyed it. So it is for the sick—these poor weak creatures that cannot hardly get a breath of air without transgressing a law that these benevolent Gods have made without punishing all that broke them. Now strange as thi’s crazy idea is, it is the belief of ninety-nine in a hundred. Oh, foolish man, how long will you be deceived by false teachings? It is just as impossible to disobey God’s wisdom as it is to cut yourself with a razor and say that you were ignorant that a razor would cut, when you get it for that purpose. God cannot have a law, ‘for a law supposes a disobedience. If God was not wise enough when He made all things to know what would be the end of every act, then He is not the God the Christians claim him to be. And is He dead? No. Then certainly he has respect for persons and gives preference ‘to the well. For the laws that are attached to God by the Christian world are to punish the sick, for the well are not punished at all. So to keep clear of his laws is to have nothing to do with them, for the weak flourish under this government and the Christian finds it a hard way. And if it was not for the leaders ex-citing and driving them on, they would all turn back and become as bad as the rest of the world.
What infidelity ‘and hypocrisy there is in this nineteenth century, and yet we boast of our religious wisdom. If any person can show me one single idea in any creed that Jesus ever subscribed to, I should like to see it. Religion now is just what it was two thousand
 

years ago. All the Grecian philosophers opposed it and some were imprisoned and some killed. Jesus opposed it and they murdered him and destroyed his theory and they kept up the same old theory, only as it has been broken into by come-outers. It has always been opposed to science. It imprisoned Copernicus and has persecuted all investigation ever since. The pagan philosophers explained it and showed its hideous form and bloody bones. It is founded in ignor-ance and superstition and is the greatest evil that ever invaded the human mind. Were it not for science, the world would be at this time a place of torment. All of this error is the effect of the philosophy of minds.
The wise have never established their philosophy by experiments. Error has, and so as one is established, the other becomes the sub-ject. Now establish the true philosophy of goodness and happiness and then you have a heaven on earth. Then Jesus’ words will come to pass, when he says, I will create a new heaven or philosophy and a new earth or matter where there shall not be any darkness but all light. This is the new heaven or philosophy that was foretold in the days of the wise men and repeated by Jesus eighteen-hundred years ago. Now I will show you the new philosophy or Jerusalem that man is destined to enter; where there shall be no more sickness or death; where all things are done away and all things become new. This philosophy was for man alone, for he had wand’ered away in the darkness and become so gross that he could not see anything but gross matter. So Jesus said to such, Ye have eyes but cannot see, and ears but cannot hear and hearts that cannot understand. Now I shall show that there is a philosophy that has nothing to do with the common philosophy of the day and that our philosophy and religion cause all the evils we now suffer.
If man knew the true philosophy, the shadow could do no harm, but man worships the shadow and loses the substance. I shall prove it, for I do not mean to give my opinions, when I have the truth on hand. My object is the good of mankind, independent of all religious sects and creeds. It is a philosophy which, if understood, will make man free and independent of all creeds and laws of man, and sub-ject him to his own laws, he being free from the laws of sin, sick-ness, and death. Being free myself, I know how to teach others. So I must tell you what must follow this new science and what it teaches
 

man and how far he is bound. His being bound is a free offering and cannot be altered, but if he knows the truth or philosophy, he will not enter blindfolded or retreat before he understands. I will give you my experience as one that believes what he says and is ready to be judged by his patients. And if the world finds fault, I will listen to them. And if their philosophy does more good to the world than mine, I will consider it and give it the preference. I will give mine or the philosophy of health, so I will not ask any questions of the world. Are not words sound and is not sound something? If it is not something, it could not produce something. Then this something in the form of language is something. Now as two somethings of the same kind cannot produce another something, so that one something must act on another something and then a third something can be produced. So if sound is something, it does not act upon itself. And if it acts at all, it must act on something else.
Now one of these somethings, I call God or wisdom. As wisdom is a substance that cannot be changed, it cannot fill any more space than all space. It cannot act separate from itself. It is in all and a part of all. It knows no bounds, nor time. It is eternal. Now as every substance throws a shadow, the shadow must have a background of something and this something I call mind or matter. As this some-thing acts on matter, it does not act on itself. So of course that which acts is not the same as this substance that cannot change, but is un-der two somethings that act upon the same something. As it may confuse you to understand these somethings, I will classify them. The substance acted upon is mind or matter—this I will call No. 1. This substance that acts upon No. 1, I call: essence of God—this I will call No. 2. Now the two somethings that govern and direct No. 2 I will call: wisdom or error. Now as wisdom is all light, it knows no matter and as error is made of matter or animal life, it acts upon itself. So as error excites No . 1, its light produces a shadow and its shadow is its own making. Now this world’s wisdom is No. i and the wisdom of God or essence is in No. 2. Now there are two direc-tions: one the wisdom of God or essence, the other the wisdom of animal life or matter. Animal life or matter is always changing and science or wisdom’s essence or God is always progressing. Man is in these two somethings.
 

Wisdom is the seed sown in matter or ignorance. And as matter is animal life, it is disturbed by the child of wisdom and tries to get rid of it. Therefore in its ignorance, it is excited and the excitement brings out the child of error. So the children are conceived in the same matter and grow like the two spoken of in the old testament— Jacob and Esau. Jacob (or wisdom) have I loved but Esau (or er-ror) have I hated. The same characters were in the parables of Cain and Abel. Cain was the error. Abel was the wisdom. So all through the New and Old Testaments, you can trace the two characters and know their generations from Adam and Eve down to the present day. Error is the elder, science the younger. So the error is always before the truth in this world of matter, but truth is eternal with the father of wisdom. Jesus illustrated these two characters by himself, the flesh and blood or mind and matter or animal life. The essence or child of wisdom was Christ or God. So as the Christ grew in the language of its father or wisdom, it threw off error or material man and became perfect in wisdom. Yet the Christ used the servant or earthly body as a medium to communicate to the natural man. But Jesus, the natural man, knew not Christ, only as Christ made him-self manifest in his works.
These two characters were the mystery to the natural man, so the natural man called the Christ a power. So it is now. People often ask me if I can impart my power to anyone. When I tell them it is not a power in the sense they mean, they cannot understand it, so I have to let it go. I have a power and those that call it a power are in the same state that the people were that were looking for a second coming of Christ. When Jesus said he was near you, even in their very thoughts, they did not know it. When I say I can teach this, I mean that there are a great many persons that can learn this wis-dom. And when once learned, their wisdom is a power. And to put the wisdom at the root of a tree or error hews it down, like the axe that strikes at the root of the tree. This wisdom is to error or dis-ease like fire; it burns up root and branch.
 

Superstitious Beliefs
 

Man, to understand himself, must know how he stands in soci-ety, for public opinion is the standard of all our acts. Now to know ourselves is to see where we, as one individual, stand to the sur-rounding influences that act upon us. For we are mere machines in the world to be moved and regulated by the wisdom of God or science or by the opinions of mankind. These opinions are what cause all the misery in the world; so to know ourselves is to know science which proves all things. I will show where every man ought to stand and to show more clearly where I am, I must take the two extremes of man’s belief. The first is the religious belief of another world. This class embraces all those who are affected by it and all false ideas based on phenomena that cannot be explained. Many of these ideas purport to come from the dead or are opinions; so it takes in all the superstitious who bow down and worship this belief. If a man believes that his power comes from another world, then all who embrace this belief are ready to acknowledge the standard. This standard of the priests had its full sway in early ages when the priests cured all diseases. At last opposition arose, as in all humbugs, and a more learned class of humbugs sprang up who led the more sober part of the people. They admitted the religious error and made a still more religious belief. So you may trace the grand scheme of humbugs from Judaism down to the present day. When new phenomena appear that affect one, they also affect the other. Just keep the two before your eyes. You will find the same reform as it is called in these two humbugs.
The spirits of the dead and all kinds of superstition have been bat-tled by science and their standard driven from the dark ages of heathen idolatry step by step, sometimes appearing in various forms of assumed wisdom, again splitting into parties and settling down into deception. This will always be until man sees himself in the true light of reason, not of opinion. To show the two extremes of hum-bug, I will take one that is established and is as real to those who
 

believe it, as that the sun rises; this is the allopathy practice of medi-cine. This is the very foundation of man’s belief and to give it a character and standard, it must have a religious belief as erroneous as its father, the old church. These two go hand in hand and their absurdities have called out another class, the spiritualists, accom-panied by their physicians. These are at war with each other and what looks absurd to one of these parties is true to the other. Each has its standard of belief to which it bows down and worships and which is as real to them as their own existence. I will show that they are the two standards of the world.
The standard of science never goes back to precedents for its proof but shows its science by its works. If it goes back, it is to show that the world has progressed, not to rake up some wisdom but to show that the world has progressed every day in science. The science of life contains the two classes above mentioned. As I have said, the spiritualist goes back into the dark ages of Judaism where the be-lief of heaven and hell and spirits of the dead were invented, together with every kind of heathen superstition, to seek wisdom by which to correct the errors of the age, supposing that the world was wiser then than now. And showing that any foreign intelligence purporting to come from abroad is worth more than what they get at home. Now, does science go out of the way? No. Chemistry is here just what it is everywhere and the chemist is always showing his improve-ments and so it is with all sciences. But that science founded on opinions is proved by referring to some one’s opinions. And when you go to the opinions, you are sent to another and so on. It is like chasing a jack o’lantern to find the basis independent of an opinion. The science of health is in the hands of these blind guides. There is no difference between them. They are the two extremes of humbug. One belongs to the upper crust, the other to the lower. And if there chances to be a person not under one of these two classes, directly or indirectly, I should like to see where he stands.
Disease is one of the heathen inventions and has had as many names as any political party ever had, but is always the same thing. The serpent was its author or inventor when it made Eve eat the for-bidden fruit. As that was a sin, it poisoned all the human family, as is believed. And as sin is disease, all men became diseased, for all have sinned, the Bible says. The apple that brought on the first
 

disease could not have been eaten by the inhabitants of the world, so that they must have caught it from our first parents. Thus catch-ing diseases originated, but Jesus condemned this idea when he said, The old proverb was done away with, that the father had eaten sour grapes and the children’s teeth were set on edge, showing that it was a lie. But the people believed it. As the serpent was lost or metamor-phosized into the Devil and the people were made to believe it, it became necessary to have a place for him to dwell. So hell was in-vented as his dwelling place. And as he still held his old grudge be-cause he was driven out of the garden, his whole power was aimed against mankind. We next hear of him tormenting Job with boils, so that disease was his invention. He used to send out young devils or evil spirits, and sometimes the Lord employed them, as when he wanted to deceive Ahab . These devils could enter man and make him do all kinds of things. They tried it with Jesus but they could not deceive him, although he recognized their existence, for he used to cast them out. These devils had teeth and they could also talk. The Bible is full of accounts of their tormenting man and if it is true or the Christian explanation of it, then there were evil spirits at the time the Christian era commenced, eighteen-hundred years ago.
Now, where are they? If man is not affected by them, who is the author of our troubles? Man is affected more than he ever was. These same devils reigned in the time of Jesus and he sent forth his disciples to cast them out. He said that they would be destroyed at the end of the world, for then the Devil and all his works shall be destroyed and death itself. Then there should be no death nor hell. They were to be cast into the lake of fire. Jesus put the power of destroying these evil spirits in the hands of his disciples. Now let us see what they have done. First we find the priests persecuting them, hanging them and casting them into prison till all the disciples were destroyed and they got the power into their own hands. If these devils were the priests that crucified Jesus and all his disciples, then we can trace them along . But if they were evil spirits which the Devil sent into the priests and prophets, we can also follow them down. The people were divided on this point. The priests taught that they were the chosen ones to put down the evil spirits, not that such were in them. And here is where the war commenced. The priests, like the demagogues, had power over the masses and as the people be-
 

lieved in these evil spirits, of course there would be different opin-ions about: their power. The most superstitious were the easiest led and as the priests had full possession of the minds of the masses, it was very easy to interest them in their favor.
So all opposition came from a more liberal quarter, but yet governed by the same belief in the spirits of the dead; so science had nothing to do with the religious quarrel. The quarrel commenced about a false opinion, existing only in the minds of political dema-gogues and science is as much a stranger as in any political quar-rel. Still they hold out to the people that they are their friends and thus they have got the world to admit their wisdom. What do these parties propose to the people? To restore order and happiness to man. I will give their platform. They have established the fact that there is another world, which constitutes one plank. The return of spirits to earth is another. Also the Devil leading the wicked into trouble. These and a still larger number of grievances are laid down as facts. What do the leaders propose? To get up an army and at-tack this devil and in the name of goodness reform the world, drive the devil out of existence and establish the kingdom of heaven on earth. This is the appeal to the people and as this is a spiritual war against the devil’s kingdom, it is necessary that the people should know what they are fighting for and who are their leaders, etc. The priests like the demagogues have made the people believe that they have been deceived and that it is necessary that they should do some-thing to get out of their trouble, while the troubles are the effects of their beliefs invented by man and all the warfare is to fight down their own beliefs. So it is with the sick; the devils are the priests’ opinions and the disease is the punishment of their belief. So the people pay the priests for the opinions and get the reward thereof in aches and pains.
These are the profits of the priests, for they know that the peo-ple know not the author of their misery. They offer their services to fight down the very evil they have created. In spiritual as well as in literal wars, there must be opposition parties, some for the health and some for the disease. As the war is in the minds of the people, the destruction of life is what is aimed at. Health and happiness be-ing the land of science, the destruction of either cripples both, so all their aim is at this land. All will admit that this land is overrun
 

with every kind of devil in the form of disease. How to destroy them is a matter of opinion, so parties spring up and make war in their peculiar way. The priests are for driving them out by prayer, while every prayer goes to create more devils. This is seen by another class called educated or more scientific, the doctors. They calculate more scientifically for their own benefit and have induced the people to give up to them all those who are killed by these devils in order that they should examine and discover the place of rendezvous.
Thus the people have given them this power over all who fall by disease. So when a person is attacked by one of these children of their own make, they commence war against it. If he attacks them in the side, the doctor claps on a blister. If he flies to the head, he also follows him there. If he goes to the stomach a dose of calomel is sent after him. This generally starts the devil and ruins the man and his house being shattered to pieces, he gives up the ghost and leaves. Then the doctor claims his prize; so he cuts up the head like a vegetable, hanging up one part and preserving the other in alco-hol. They contend this is all for the benefit of the people and like the priests in Egyptian theology, instead of lessening the evil, they create ten times as many more. Finally, the people in despair, like Saul, have left their oracles and sought witches or those having familiar spirits, to enquire how to get rid of these Philistines that are overspreading the land and devouring their lives and substance . So in the darkness of night, they disguise themselves and are seen making their way to some woman having a familiar spirit to inquire of her how the battle is going on with their friends, for the doctor is fighting the battle. In a trembling voice, they ask if the spirit will respond; a faint rap is heard denoting yes. Then the communication is open and the spirits have the field. Here is war between the liv-ing and the dead. A revelation commences, but as both are in the devil’s employ, it makes but little difference to the scientific man which gets the day.
 
 

Government
 

What is the standard by which man is weighed? There is but one true standard by which man is weighed, and that is by his acts. Men set up standards to weigh others but the standard of wisdom is a balance, and sooner or later man’s acts are tested by that, as in the case of Nebuchadnezzar. With this balance man will know his true weight, for it never varies; but man weighs his fellow man by the balance of public opinion; his weight is his popularity, so he varies according to the atmosphere in which he lives. To carry out the il-lustration of weighing men or mind (for mind is matter) by the stan-dard of public opinion, the balance must rest on the same substance as itself; therefore the atmosphere of the place is the base on which the scale stands. And as each man is a world of himself, he creates a scale to weigh himself, but sometimes circumstances change the atmosphere and man finds himself weighed by another balance, then his weight is used to fill up a vacuum made by the change of the mind of public opinion.
For instance, you often see a man who feels as though he was of some importance yet who never shows any wisdom above the circle in which he moves; although active and aspiring, he evinces no su-perior intelligence, and restless and uneasy, he attaches himself to a political wheel of fortune, risking what he never really had but thought he had. The wheel revolves and finally stops. Some fall off, others hold on, so a vacuum is formed. He who held on did so from no merit of his wisdom but from desire to gain, and he is received not for his worth but for his persistency to fill the vacuum of the rotation of the wheel of public office. Now behold the change! His own wisdom never made him anything above a third class lawyer or an intriguing politician. Leaving his own home or the place where his talent was balanced, he jumps on the political wheel and is landed on the judge’s bench, there to appear in the presence of men who never heard of such an individual.
How comes this metamorphosis of a man jumping ‘from the
 

lowest class of politicians into the highest scale of the legal profes-sion? Is the profession of his class of wisdom or is there some mis-take in the scales? Are judges weighed in the scale of their own wisdom or the political scale? Here is something, if wrong, ought to be corrected; but if it is right, destroy the barrier that separates the demagogue from the legal world. If law is nothing but a bub-ble, like any political bubble, then the world has been deceived, and it is not what all wise men have claimed it to be. Where is the prin-ciple to weigh the differences “in these estimates” so that the people may not be deceived by their own ignorance? This has never been done, so political scales which determine all merit are the standard of law.
This makes law arbitrary and if it is so, then law has no standard but public opinion and political opinions are the standard of the laws of nations. Therefore, a government or laws founded on public opinion must sooner or later crumble, bringing anarchy, despotism and destruction. This has always been the case and always will be where error holds sway. Let us see if there cannot be some way by which man can see the scale of justice that weighs every man by his acts. The world must be governed by laws and the judge must be superior to the law, or he could not explain it.
So the judge is the law and the people are the parties, and when the people make a contract to govern their acts, the judge is to listen to their stories and decide according to contract and his decision be-comes law. If it becomes necessary to have more than one judge, the question comes, who shall appoint him? Must the candidate be weighed on the political scale or on the legal scale? If the judge is a political judge or made by a political party or any party at all out-side of the profession, then have no judge at all, only a political demagogue. This holds true in all classes of science. So long as the judges are taken from the people, the government is in danger, for the wisdom of the political world is always changing.
Every man is a standard and his wisdom is his weight; each man shows his weight by his wisdom. If a man is wanted to work out a mathematical problem, one who had never studied mathematics would not be selected; and if in a school one of the teachers of that branch should die, no one would expect the scholars to select another. It is so in all branches of arts and sciences; politicians can
 

never select any man to any professional calling, science or legisla-tion. The power to determine the scientific must be kept apart, as religion and politics. Now man is a nation of himself and is governed precisely as a nation and any principle that will promote the health and happiness and prolong the life of a nation will apply to an individual .
There is a principle which if rightly understood would prolong the lives and happiness of nations, but this principle has never been recognized by the world in nations or individuals The standard of opinions has always held sway and that is arbitrary. Yet there is an element in both individuals and nations which is science, which has its secret influence and has always governed the civilized world. It is not recognized by the wisdom of opinions but is finally referred to after the opinions are exhausted by their own weakness and their power is gone; then steps in this third power and settles the trouble. Wisdom is supposed to be this last-named power, but true wisdom is one thing and political wisdom is another. But if the former settles the trouble there is an end of it.
Disease in man is the same as in nations. I will take our nation as an individual and show how it gets diseased, is kept so, and is fi-nally destroyed and killed; how it sometimes may rise again, as man is believed to rise, and also how it becomes exterminated, as man is believed to be annihilated, body and soul. The life of a nation, like that of an individual, depends on its wisdom, and it is no evi-dence of wisdom to destroy life in either individuals or nations. Ig-norance is nearer wisdom than error, for error has to retrace her steps to get back to ignorance to receive the truth. According to the judgment of error or opinion we are the wisest nation on earth, but our acts must tell the story. If the acts of the last administration had not been checked by a superior power than the executive, our be-loved country would have been the scene of civil war and a final an-nihilation of the republic of the United States, showing that with all our boasted prosperity as a nation, we had hardly reached the age of some individuals on earth.
Now where is the defect for there must be one somewhere? Is it in the principle that wisdom cannot govern a nation or is it in the want of wisdom in the rulers? As I have said, a nation born into ex-istence is like a child born into the world; both are nursed until they
 

become old enough to help themselves. Now a nation that is born crippled or diseased is harder to raise to a healthy nation than one born perfect or ignorant. For instance, China is the oldest nation on the globe and the most ignorant. The American nation is the most enlightened and advanced in the arts and sciences, some pretend to say. Now see the difference. China stands firm—America is on a pivot; time must determine her destiny—for ruin or progress.
The wisdom of the American people has never been heard by the masses; the only sound that has reached their ears is from political demagogues. Tyranny has been the throne that the people have had to submit to and until the power is wrenched from these political despots, liberty is a mere farce. I will describe the growth of this young child, not quite eighty-six years old. He was born in the year of our Lord 1775. His parents were driven from their homes to find a place where they could carry out their own way of worshipping God, and here they planted their free principles among a savage race. As in all error they did not see the true law of justice and their first Christian act was to make war with the natives and drive them out of their land. Then the same error persecuted all religions op-posed to their opinions. Finally the old world, finding her child growing too strong, undertook to put it into subjection, and there-fore opened a war between father and son. The latter, having the sympathy of strangers, fought and finally gained his freedom. Then came a union of the North and South, which resulted in the birth of a son called Uncle Sam. He, like his father, was diseased for slav-ery had bound one side of him, paralyzing it so that it was a dead-weight to the other side. Now it was for wisdom to bring the diseased side to life.
As I speak of each, I will call them North and South. The South being crippled by slavery, the North had pity for his brother and divided the heritage with him and they formed a contract called the Constitution. The North had the most political power; the South could not be heard in the political scale, for her voice was in the minority, as she had slaves, who according to their law, could not vote. So to make all things easy, the North agreed to a basis of representation that should put the South on an equal footing. The North gave five votes to three of the South. So as the slave popu-lation grew faster in proportion than the whites, a basis of represen-
 

tation was made so that five slaves should be equal to three whites. This was made in good faith.
Now slavery was not known in the Constitution, although it was in the minds of the framers. And it was a principle of honor which made the North give the South this advantage of representation. The equivalent was that in the territory to be acquired this equalization of power should not be carried. So the Constitution said nothing about slavery but acknowledged the right or representation as far as the states were concerned up to the thirteen states. This right being acknowledged, the South forgot the honor of their fathers not to trespass beyond their original states. And when new territory came to be admitted, quoted the contract and claimed her right of representation in free territory. Here was where the mistake was made by the North in not seeing what was claimed by the South.
The South seeing where she had the advantage of the North have always endeavored to hold it. But as the West grew up, the South seeing her power passing from her cries out, Persecution! The North, being ignorant of the true issue, have been made to attach their ideas to slavery instead of representation. So the cry of slav-ery has been heard at the North, when that has nothing to do with the question at issue.
The true question at issue is whether the North is willing to agree to a one-sided bargain that deprives them of two-fifths of their votes for no equivalent. This is the question. It takes two-thirds of Con-gress to alter the Constitution, but it will not take a long time to con-vince the North and West that they may stop the South from carrying their basis of representation into free territory. This error arises from the fact that when the wisdom of the political world makes political judges, the scientific world is enslaved. This was the case in the Dred Scott decision; the judges were political judges un-der the influence of political power; therefore they decided according to their party.
Now I go back to the starting point. If judges have no more wis-dom than the political demagogues or masses, their science is a sham and law is a humbug. The health of a nation, like that of an in-dividual, depends on the influences that govern it. Perhaps it may be better illustrated by the case of a sick person. The sick are made so by the influences that govern them; political quacks or doctors,
 

like political leaders, deceive the patient by false issues. The doctors make their opinions the standard, create disease like politicians, and deceive the people into a belief that makes them sick. They then offer their services to get them out of the trouble they have got them into.
Now how can these evils be overcome? Only by teaching the peo-ple to know the difference between an opinion and a truth. This I will try to show. I will return to the political judge. If the people want to have a healthy nation, they must have wise judges. Now can that be done? All will admit that a law is not as wise as the lawgiver. For the lawgiver would see a defect where the parties would over-look one. But if a decision is made by a judge not fully acquainted with the law, then the people are the losers. This was the case in the Dred Scott decision. If the judges had been honest they would have seen that the law was not defined in the case and therefore, to de-cide a question or principle embracing so much, by giving an opinion upon what they could not decide was assuming a power that showed that they were not judges of the law but party judges. They were to decide the law, not give an opinion, for an opinion is not law.
The North had one opinion, the South another; each claimed to be right. The Constitution being silent on the law of territory, each party might speak with some show of truth and the judges, had they been independent of party, must have agreed, provided there was no question. And if there was a question, let the people decide that and when a similar case came up, the judges would decide accord-ing to contract or law. These political judges are the cause of all dis-ease. They make it by their own error and the people take their opinions for reality or truth. This caused a dissension among the people. It split up the North and untied the South and condensed a political error into a party truth. The error, running into the North, set fire there and turned the executive power into a political engine used against the North, and instead of pumping water to put out the fire, it turned its power towards upsetting the North.
As I sit, penning this article, the engine of government is in the hands of the North, but not without a struggle, for all that Bucha-nan and his party could do was done to destroy the government. If General Scott has been a traitor, like the rest, we should at this time, April 26th, 1861, be in a bloody war. But fortunately their power
 

has departed, and Buchanan, like Nebuchadnezzar, is turned out to grass and Abraham has assumed the throne. His first act is to de-cide what the judges misrepresent. He says, Let the people decide what is not plain in the Constitution. This is as it should be. Now his acts are to take effect and what I now say is a prophecy, not yet fulfilled. It is based on a law, not of opinion but of wisdom or on a chemical change taking place in the political world which is governed by a wisdom superior to an opinion, although to the masses it is an opinion. But it is based on a truth that must prove true or the country is lost. The nation stands now like a man given over by his friends. The political doctors stand around his couch dropping a hypocritical tear for their lost father, but ready to devour his substance as soon as he breathes his last. They have exhausted all their skill on him till there is nothing left but the skeleton of Uncle Sam.
The people have got angry with these quacks and have taken the old gentleman into their hands and have employed a new physician by name, Abraham Lincoln. As soon as he comes to the old man-sion, his first act is to listen to Uncle Sam’s story. Here it is: while the old gentleman was sleeping, his son James, who had the whole care of him, was planning with the rest of his brethren to rob the old gentleman of his money and arms and get possession of his goods so that the kingdom would fall into their hands. So when the old gentleman was roused by Abraham, he was nearly powerless; out of thirty-four children, seven had stolen all they could. This roused Abraham, and his decree has gone forth. Baltimore is to be the scene of action and if the Northern troops do not pass, then the fight commences there. But I think that the government will pass their troops through and this ends the fighting at the North; but the principal fighting will be in the border states.
 

A Prophecy concerning the Nation
 

It is based on the principle that mind is matter, also that nations and individuals are governed by wisdom or error, and the effect shows which power governs. Upon this wisdom I make this state-ment or what might be called a prophecy. I admit the United States is a child or man not fully grown with passions like all other chil-dren. The President is the servant of the wisdom of the child or peo-ple, for the people are the body and their wisdom is their strength. Now as foreigners come among us, their ideas affect our government or mind; this creates imitation, for error is uneasy and is never still in man or nation and it is always getting up something to destroy itself, for its life is its own destruction. Slavery is admitted by the people, for the Constitution says nothing about it and they have it in their power, the Constitution neither admitting nor denying it. The error is free to put such a construction upon it as they please, and as error is never right, it always works out its own destruction.
I will take Jeff Davis as the head of this error or disease; for such it is, and it must be treated accordingly. I give no medicine but I ex-plain the truth which destroys the error and kills the disease. Jeff Davis is the patient and Abraham Lincoln is the physician. His dis-ease is of the head, brought on by over-excitement of the mind. His wisdom, not being equal to his ambition, the excitement affects his body or the South. The South is the body and Jeff is the brains. And in a fit of delirium tremens he assumed the Government, and the people thinking him sane, listened to his story. In a fit of rage he undertook to destroy himself and the government or father; his pretended father, who was not in reality his father, got frightened at his insanity and offered him the whole of his wealth. But the rest of his brethren protested against it, so they commenced to check his career. Now an insane man is a coward and Jefferson Davis is a mix-ture of man and mule.
I will give his character, as he seems to me. He is a coward and a fool. I will show you how he is a fool. He cannot see the end of
 

his schemes; his wisdom leads him to destruction and he thinks by his error, to control the North and West. Here he shows his courage in his ignorance. As soon as he sees his error his courage fails, for it was based on ignorance and infused into the people; his error ex-panded to the surface of the border states. But as in health or dis-ease, man is like a stream running into the ocean. When the tide sets in, the stream rises; so as the Northwest current sets towards the South, the tide of the border states rises and the lowlands of the states are in danger of being overflowed with their own steam.
Now you can see Jeff Davis paddling from one point to another to check the tide. He will try to throw up a dam around the border states to prevent the Northwest names from influencing the South. But when the Southeast winds come with their ships and he sees nothing but death on one side and the halter on his own, then his courage will prove sham. And he will, if not destroyed, flee with all he can get, and leave the South to take care of itself.
 
 
 
 

The Standard of Law
 

In my article of the standard of men’s acts, I showed the politi-cal standard but did not give the true standard, from the fact that it is not recognized as such. It is known as judgment; therefore, any man’s judgment is a standard. If his judgment happens to be popu-lar with the masses, then his standard is true, so it returns to the first idea that each man is his own standard. Yet everyone knows and ac-knowledges that there is a difference in deciding any problem, whether it is decided by a mathematical standard or an opinion. All will say that the people are not wise in regard to the standard of law. Law is one thing and the judges another and their duty is to decide any troubles that parties get into which they cannot decide them-selves. The people make the laws and agree to sustain them, so the
 

judges listen to their stories and decide the case according to their own laws.
Now as troubles often come up where the law is not defined, the judge makes a decision, which is an opinion, not law, and the peo-ple are not bound by it, as for instance, the Dred Scott case. The people are not bound by that decision, for it is the opinion of a majority of judges and they are not supreme law. The people are the law and the judges its expounders. The expounding of the law is like the expounding of any other problem. It is as necessary to have an expert for a judge as it is to have an expert in a bank to de-tect the spurious coin. These persons must be selected by the banks, not by the people. And as it is for their happiness to have the law properly executed, the court, like the bank, ought to have the right to select their own judges. The people must not have the power, for in selecting a judge, they do not stand in the same relation to them-selves as in making a law. In making a judge they make him by a party without regard to his merits as an expert in law; while the law is made for the whole people, the judge is made for the party. This defect makes trouble and is felt in the whole country. It makes man act upon a political standard and is the basis of men’s reasoning. The same error runs through all the troubles in government and party opinions have been the ruin of nations and statesmen.
As I have said, man is a nation and is his own judge and juror. A man, ignorant, is like a nation in a savage state. As error enters a man, his error commences, and the first law is self-preservation. Then arise opinions as to how to preserve the peace and health. This brings up parties and man, being a nation, governed by the same law of opinions, truth has never been acknowledged by them. Opin-ions spring up in man, bringing everyone into the field and each man is a government of himself, governed by the opinions of his friends. Now political friends are one thing and friends to the government or health are another . And when a person is in trouble, it is hard to tell who is the cause of it. The sick or’ president makes his grievances known to his friends, as he thinks. And if they are the friends of the government or health, then no harm is done by their acts or opinions. It is well to know the officers of man’s health, so we shall know them in nations. The military are known by their dress. The priests were formerly and so on down to the police. And
 

the officers of man’s health are under as good discipline as those of the nation, the one being as corrupt as the other. I will analyze man as I have nations, for he as a nation, is of all corrupt beings the worst. There is no good in him that can be heard. His officers are deceptive, [with] hypocrisy and all kinds of evil, and they are prowling round seeking whom they may devour.
This makes up that element in man, corresponding to the lowest passions of the masses in a nation. This party has their leaders and they are as easily detected by their wisdom as they are in a nation. I will give the foundation of each man as a nation and men’s acts as combined into a government, as a nation. The child’s mind is a new territory not explored. An adult is like an old world. The child’s mind or soil in a natural state brings forth the fruits of its mother’s mind. As it is naturally rich but uncultivated, it holds out great in-ducements for strangers. So strange ideas are sown in the mind. And as its mind is under none but the first law of nature, might is right and all kinds of ideas spring up in anarchy and confusion. Each stranger wants to cultivate the mind according to the prejudices of his father. This makes confusion and as in all governments, a con-vention is called and a constitution is formed. Some concession is made to suit the rabble and some to suit the more sober classes. But science is not taken into the treaty at all, nor ever hinted ‘at in the constitution of child’s mind.
Now health and happiness are the first articles in the constitution of both the government of man as man and nation as a nation and of course there must be leaders and teachers for each. So a certain set of men come up as teachers for this young nation and a con-troversy springs up as to what kind of laws best to keep this child in subjection till it shall get large enough to take care of itself. Meet-ings are called, arguments are brought forth and parties are formed. At last a set of laws are agreed to by the majority but opposed by the minority. These laws are placed in the hands of certain party leaders and the nation or child is to be governed accordingly. And the first act is to bring the child into subjection to these laws. These laws are based upon opinions that happen to arise in the minds of the old world or people who wish to govern the young child or na-tion according to the wisdom of their fathers. And to carry out the design, men are appointed to instruct the young in all the religion
 

of their fathers. Here is almost the first false move, implanting in the mind of the child our religious opinions. As they spring up, other opinions also come forth and a discord ensues. This fills the mind or soil with foul seed or opinions and the mind becomes disturbed and someone is selected to settle the difficulty. Another set of po-litical guides is selected to make peace with the religious or diseased opinions. This set are office holders to the priests. For if they op-posed the priests’ opinions, they would be unpopular. So it is for their advantage to acknowledge the priests’ right and not lay the trouble to their opinions, but to disobeying their laws.
This class is called doctors, who make their living as I have just said. And thus the people are kept under by these blind guides. Their minds are kept disturbed and the doctors call it disease. Their dis-eases or troubles increase; their burdens are multiplied till rebellion springs up. Then a war is started by the unbelievers of the two classes. A suspension of hostilities takes place; judges are appointed through the influence of these blind guides and they decide according to the party that is in power. This makes more trouble, so it goes on from one generation to another coming up and flourishing for a time, then followed by wars and rebellion and death. This is the case with disease and nations are only the whole people’s mind con-centrated into one body called nation, having its feature and growth like a man. The health or disease of the people shows the health of the nation, not the intelligence but the health. Wisdom is not health, for if it was, the beast would be wiser than the human species and this is not the case . So there must be some defect in our bringing up, for if man’s life is limited to seventy or one-hundred years, then it may be compared to a bubble. This is the world’s reasoning. But science is a kingdom not of this world of opinions. it has no deal-ing with the opinions of man but tests all things by a standard, not of man but of science, which does not say, Believe this or that but shows its opinions by its works. It does not ask you to believe what your fathers believed if it is false, but proves all things so that the natural man will believe. This kingdom has its government, its law and teachers. I will give you its form of government and describe how it is establishing its power or wisdom on earth unobserved, yet rising like the flood.
While the people of this world are eating and drinking, giving opinions and marrying in parties, the kingdom of science will come
 

to sweep them all away into the death of eternal oblivion. You may ask for a sign, that you may tell when these things will be. I will give you the signs of the times. Take one individual as a fair specimen of a nation. A diseased individual is like a diseased nation, each is under false leaders. The sick are under the hands of the priests and doctors, just as the government is in the hands of the politicians. Public opinion in politics is the opinion of the leaders of the parties. And national disease is the effect of error as is the disease of an in-dividual. The masses, in each case, are under a silent influence that is not organized. So they think they are their own judges and you will often hear this remark from them, “I have an opinion of my-self,” as though they were the authors of their opinions . When ques-tioned for proof, they refer you to some one’s opinion. To understand the signs of the times so you may not be deceived by spe-cious appearances, you must test each opinion by the standard of science. Ask how they know and you will see them squirm and gnash their teeth. Then in a fit of rage they will leave you and enter the swine or their old superstition and are lost to the world.
As I have said, I will give you the foundation of the spiritual or scientific kingdom. It is not built by man’s opinions, but it is a king-dom of science—to test all the kingdoms of the earth. Unlike all other kingdoms, it never commences war, nor meddles with men’s .opinions. It is the scale or higher court to which all other kingdoms
refer their troubles. The court sits in the hearts of all the people and just whatever parties agree to it, it obliges them to perform. It has no parties or sects and no religious worship; it judges of all and measures out to everyone just as they measure out to another. It has no laws but judges man by his own laws. Its reasoning is to show the parties the folly of their own reasoning. It asks questions to see if opinions can sustain themselves. It never argues but always listens to hear the arguments of opinions. It shows no matter. It is un-changeable. It is the same, today and forever. You may ask how we shall know it when it comes—by its wisdom. It judges no man but leaves all judgment to the reasoning of opinions. Thus man judges himself and he must be punished according to his own laws. For the punishment is in the law; the law is the will of the people and the judge administers the law. I will give you one or two cases show-ing how the judge decides in this kingdom. This kingdom is not mat-ter. But the kingdom of opinions is matter. So when a subject of
 

the spiritual kingdom sets up his kingdom in the earthly man, he is liable to be overpowered by the children of darkness or this world; and if he is overpowered, his kingdom is let out to the kings of this world.
When a person is sick, he is in the hands of the children of dark-ness, and his mind, like a nation, is taken possession of by the enemies of health. He is in the same state as Job. His enemies are compassed about him and he is denied assistance. Thus beaten and bruised till a reaction takes place, he is left to die of his own accord. I will take such a one and bring him before the tribunal that renders to everyone his due . This tribunal is invisible to the natural man and cannot be seen by the natural sight. But the other senses are awake to its power and it uses the natural organs to influence the natural world. As you may not be acquainted with the inhabitants of this other world, I will try to compare them to two persons conversing about these two worlds and their beliefs respecting them . I will show that the natural man is ignorant of the spiritual or scientific world and to be born again is to get out of the world of opinions into the world of science. Imagine yourself listening to two persons convers-ing about religion. The natural man is religious, not scientific. The scientific is not religious. The conversation is from the world of opinions or religion to the scientific world; this is no easy thing. Both have their identity: one in the world of opinions, the other in science, and to separate them more plainly, I will call one matter and the other wisdom. The world of matter is governed by opinion; that of science, by wisdom. So the thing talked about must first start in the world of opinion, for wisdom never starts anything. Every sensa-tion is made on the senses and if they are attached to wisdom, a scientific answer comes. But if a sensation is made on the senses at-tached to opinions, then disease and misery come.
These are the two worlds. The man of opinion asks the question, Do you believe in death? The man of wisdom says, No. (Opin-ion) What do you believe? (Wisdom) I have no belief. To bring these more clearly to your belief, I will assume the character of the man of wisdom and you the reader, the man of opinions. (0) Do you not believe that the soul leaves the body at death? (U’) I have not said that I believe in death. (0) Of course you believe that the body dies. (W) You say I do but I do not say so. (0) Well, what
 

do you believe? (W) I have no belief about the other world; I know it. (0) Then if you know it, do not men die before they get into the other world? (W) Why do you wish me to admit death when I have told you that I do not believe in it? (0) You do not believe that your body can go to the other world? (W) Yes, I do, but not in the sense that you do. Each world has the same ideas. The only difference be-tween us is that your world is made by superstition and your ignor-ance is the matter. My wisdom is in your matter or ignorance, and your error cannot see it, you being blind cannot see the light of wis-dom or science, so that my world is to your world a mystery. (0) I do not see any sense in what you say. (W) I shall not quarrel with you on that score; it looks to me as though you do not understand yourself. (0) I can make nothing out of your ideas. (W) Can you make anything out of your own? (0) I think I can explain it bet-ter than you have done. (W) I have not tried to explain at all; I can-not explain what never had an existence. (0) You do not deny that man dies. (W) I do not admit it, do you? (0) Yes. (W) Will you tell me how you know that a dead thing has life? (0) I do not mean the soul, I mean the body. (W) Has your soul senses? (0) Yes.
(W) Do you mean that your senses die? (0) No. (W) Then the body only dies, as you say? (0) I do not know. (W) I agree with you in the last statement. (0) Have you any proof that you will have any senses without a body? (W) Yes. (0) What is it? (W) If you wish me to tell you what I know of myself, I can do so, but if you believe in death, why do you not show it so that I may have some idea of it? (0) I suppose that you do not deny that man dies?
(W) You have asked that question a number of times . It seems as though you never would know what I do believe, so I will ask you to explain your belief about death. Do not tell me what I believe or disbelieve, but tell me what you believe yourself. (0) Well I believe that this body dies and that the soul or life or something lives in-dependently in another world, or this world or somewhere. I can-not tell exactly Where, but I do not believe that when man dies that is the end of him. (W) All this is a belief, is it not? (0) Yes, I ad-mit that I have no positive proof of it. (W) How can a man have proof that he is dead? (0) The living have the proof that he is dead.
(W) Then the living are the judges of the dead? (0) Yes. (W) Then because you say a man is dead, he is so? (0) Every one will admit
 

that he is dead. (W) I wish I could make you stick to one thing, that is, what you mean by dead and not dead. (0) All the Christian world believe in death. (W) Well, because all believe in death is that proof to any one that does not believe it? (0) No, but the Bible teaches it. (W) Then because the Bible, as you say, teaches it, it must be so, of course. I must take an opinion of someone who knows nothing at all, for a truth. Just look at the absurdity of your own belief; there is not one single idea of truth in all your opinions. If you will listen to me, I will tell you facts, demonstrable, that will explain all your error; for yours is an error, arising from heathen superstition and I will show you where they lie.
(0) Well, I will listen, if you will not fly off from the point. (W) I will try not to. (0) You are a clock-maker by profession? (W) Yes.
(0) Do you understand how to calculate the train of wheels and the length of any pendulum to fit any case of a given length? (W) Yes, I do not care what length of pendulum you give me, I can calculate the number of vibrations in a minute and calculate a train of wheels to correspond to the beats so the clock will keep correct time.
(0) Did you always have that power? (W) No, I do not call it a power. (0) Why not? I do not have that gift or power. (W) It is because you will not try to obtain it. (0) I have prayed and talked and used every means to get it and have finally concluded that it is a gift or power which derives from some higher power which you do not acknowledge. (W) How do you know? Can you calculate a clock? (0) No, I have not the gift, but I know just as much about it as you do, in fact no one knows. We see clocks run and keep time and that is all we know about it. To talk about a science is all non-sense, for it is mystery. (W) Then because you can not see there is a science by which a clock can be calculated, all these clocks are made and kept in order by a power or gift that a man knows noth-ing of? (0) I will admit your power, but to admit that you know more about it than all the rest of the world, I cannot. Because if it could be taught and learned, every person could teach it; this shows it to be a power.
(W) Do you admit that I can make a clock and repair old ones?
(0) Yes, I know you can but I do not believe that you know any-thing more about how you do it than I do. (W) What is your busi-ness? (0) I am a musician, a violinist. (W) How long since you had
 

the gift or power? (0) It is not a gift. (W) What is it? (0) It is a science. (W) You do not know any more then about the power than I do. (0) Can you play? (W) No. (0) Then how do you know that I do not know any more about it than you do? (W) I judge you by the same standard that you judge me. (0) I do not judge you at all.
(W) You said you know as much about a clock as I did. So why should I not know as much about music as you do? (0) Perhaps you do, but we cannot agree and when doctors fall out, we must leave it to some person whom we agree has more knowledge than either of us. And as we are sick or out of tune, we will call a physi-cian to get his advice, for we both acknowledge the medical skill.
A physician is called and, looking very wise, he listens attentively to each story and after a careful investigation makes the following report .
Man is like a machine or clock; his power is in the pendulum which makes so many vibrations in a minute. The clock will keep good time, but if it gets out of order, you must send for a scientific man to repair it, not a quack. You are both right. There is no cor-rect rule to make a clock. Careful investigation by scientific men show that it is impossible to make any accurate calculation in regard to a science, from the fact that on examining clocks, all lengths of pendulums are found [and] also, all sizes of wheels with a differ-ent number of teeth in each wheel, and very few are alike. There-fore, I have come to the conclusion that a clock-maker cannot tell with accuracy about a clock any more than a physician can about a man; they are both mysteries in the world.
It is true the world has given the medical faculty the credit of wis-dom or power superior to the clock-maker or musician. But I am free to admit that the medical men labor under the same trouble with the rest of the world, that is: that there is no such thing as science. It is true that men can play on musical instruments, but it is folly to say that there is a science by which it can be taught and learned. Listen to the bird that sings; there is no science about that. One bird learns from another by sympathy. To set up a standard of science shows an amount of general information that the common people lack.
Here is the trouble. The masses, like the brutes, have the power of imitation. See the beavers, how perfectly they arrange their houses
 

and their young have the same imitation and so on. The clock-maker does and the medical men too; only, medical men have been selected as teachers to the masses. This gives them more power, for the power of the profession is in the confidence of the people. If there had been any such thing as science, the medical faculty could not have stood one year, from the fact that all their power is in the position that the world has given them. It does not come from wisdom in their profession but from their opinions being acknowledged as superior to such men as you. You have given them the charge of your lives and they are bound to preserve them to the best of their ability. But so far as my wisdom is concerned in calculating any theory to cure diseases by a science, it is just as erroneous as to undertake to say that there is a science in music or in clock-making. In conclusion, I will say to you both that all the science in our three cases lies in making the masses believe that we have a science. But here is where we, as medical men, have the advantage of you, as the common class. We do not recognize anyone without a diploma. This all can-not get, from the fact that the deception must be kept from the peo-ple, or the faculty is ruined. No one has any respect for your mechanical power; it is too much among the masses and your mu-sical power is in the same category. But we, when a man undertakes to step in, cry out, Humbug, Quack, and the people are so loyal that they put down all opposition so that all we have to do is not to ap-pear to notice them.
(0) Do you not think there is some science in it? (PHY) Oh, yes. Or that some men have more sagacity than others? This you see is the profession. To be a good professional man is to keep aloof from the masses, for otherwise he loses his dignity, and his wisdom will not sustain him. So popularity and not wisdom is the medical science. Wisdom never was popular, for it had no identity. So hop-ing I have settled your troubles I leave. (Clock-maker and Musician alone)
(Clock-maker) What do you think of the doctor’s opinion? (Mu-sician) He has shown that he knows nothing of music; what do you think of his opinion in regard to your science? (CM) I have come to the conclusion that he knows nothing about clock-making and we are in the same predicament that we were before. If a man could be found who is a clock-maker, musician and doctor, then I think
 

the gift or power? (0) It is not a gift. (W) What is it? (0) It is a science. (W) You do not know any more then about the power than I do. (0) Can you play? (W) No. (0) Then how do you know that I do not know any more about it than you do? (W) I judge you by the same standard that you judge me. (0) I do not judge you at all.
(W) You said you know as much about a clock as I did. So why should I not know as much about music as you do? (0) Perhaps you do, but we cannot agree and when doctors fall out, we must leave it to some person whom we agree has more knowledge than either of us. And as we are sick or out of tune, we will call a physi-cian to get his advice, for we both acknowledge the medical skill.
A physician is called and, looking very wise, he listens attentively to each story and after a careful investigation makes the following report .
Man is like a machine or clock; his power is in the pendulum which makes so many vibrations in a minute. The clock will keep good time, but if it gets out of order, you must send for a scientific man to repair it, not a quack. You are both right. There is no cor-rect rule to make a clock. Careful investigation by scientific men show that it is impossible to make any accurate calculation in regard to a science, from the fact that on examining clocks, all lengths of pendulums are found [and] also, all sizes of wheels with a differ-ent number of teeth in each wheel, and very few are alike. There-fore, I have come to the conclusion that a clock-maker cannot tell with accuracy about a clock any more than a physician can about a man; they are both mysteries in the world.
It is true the world has given the medical faculty the credit of wis-dom or power superior to the clock-maker or musician. But I am free to admit that the medical men labor under the same trouble with the rest of the world, that is: that there is no such thing as science. It is true that men can play on musical instruments, but it is folly to say that there is a science by which it can be taught and learned. Listen to the bird that sings; there is no science about that. One bird learns from another by sympathy. To set up a standard of science shows an amount of general information that the common people lack.
Here is the trouble. The masses, like the brutes, have the power of imitation. See the beavers, how perfectly they arrange their houses
 

and their young have the same imitation and so on. The clock-maker does and the medical men too; only, medical men have been selected as teachers to the masses . This gives them more power, for the power of the profession is in the confidence of the people. If there had been any such thing as science, the medical faculty could not have stood one year, from the fact that all their power is in the position that the world has given them. It does not come from wisdom in their profession but from their opinions being acknowledged as superior to such men as you. You have given them the charge of your lives and they are bound to preserve them to the best of their ability. But so far as my wisdom is concerned in calculating any theory to cure diseases by a science, it is just as erroneous as to undertake to say that there is a science in music or in clock-making. In conclusion, I will say to you both that all the science in our three cases lies in making the masses believe that we have a science. But here is where we, as medical men, have the advantage of you, as the common class. We do not recognize anyone without a diploma. This all can-not get, from the fact that the deception must be kept from the peo-ple, or the faculty is ruined. No one has any respect for your mechanical power; it is too much among the masses and your mu-sical power is in the same category. But we, when a man undertakes to step in, cry out, Humbug, Quack, and the people are so loyal that they put down all opposition so that all we have to do is not to ap-pear to notice them.
(0) Do you not think there is some science in it? (PHY) Oh, yes. Or that some men have more sagacity than others? This you see is the profession. To be a good professional man is to keep aloof from the masses, for otherwise he loses his dignity, and his wisdom will not sustain him. So popularity and not wisdom is the medical science. Wisdom never was popular, for it had no identity. So hop-ing I have settled your troubles I leave. (Clock-maker and Musician alone)
(Clock-maker) What do you think of the doctor’s opinion? (Mu-sician) He has shown that he knows nothing of music; what do you think of his opinion in regard to your science? (CM) I have come to the conclusion that he knows nothing about clock-making and we are in the same predicament that we were before. If a man could be found who is a clock-maker, musician and doctor, then I think
 

we could get at the right answer. (M) I think I know just the one, so if you please we will have his opinion.
Here is introduced a third person. (CM) Have you read the doc-tor’s report on our cases? (Wisdom) Yes, but I saw nothing in what he said, showing that he knew anything about his own business or yours, for I happen to be acquainted with all these powers as he calls them and he showed entire ignorance in regard to them all. (0) Can you explain where the truth is (W) Yes. The word science has never had life attached to it but has always been looked upon as a power that never had life. So that when we speak of science, we never have attached any of the senses to it. Therefore, science is not known by the natural man, yet he has science but knows it not and it has no place of respect in his heart or senses. I will try to give it a founda-tion that you both will admit. Before you knew how to calculate a clock, the calculation was a mystery; but as soon as you learned it, the mystery was gone. Your senses left the mystery and attached themselves to the wisdom you obtained. And the mystery to you was like an opinion that never was true. So when the musician called it a mystery, you could see where his senses were attached, also that he was in the dark. But your senses being attached to the light or wisdom, you could see through his darkness or error. The differ-ence between you was this: his senses were in his error, and error’s light is a false light. Your senses, being attached to the true light that lighteth everyone who is scientific, [were] a mystery to his light, his senses not knowing the true light.
You both are right and neither knows it, from the fact that science has never been acknowledged by opinion to have any wisdom, while science is wisdom. And as fast as a person finds wisdom, he finds science, for the word science is the name of the wisdom that sees through the opinions of man. As far as the doctor’s science went in his explanation, you could both see that his science was ignorance in regard to your cases. And as far as the sick, his wisdom is just the same. Here is the mystery. Science, as it is called, is something that the natural man worships. He looks upon it as coming from some superior power, independent of himself, when his own wis-dom is all the science he knows of. For to the fool who knows noth-ing, there is no science.
Your wisdom in regard to making a clock is one thing, but if you
 

can calculate it and know by what principle you do it, that wisdom is not of this world but of God or Science. It has never entered man’s senses that his senses are his wisdom and his body is an idea that his senses are attached to. He admits it himself, when the very senses are not recognized by itself, but speaks of itself as a third person. This is the case in sickness; the senses often speak of themselves as another person. I will try to illustrate. Suppose we should differ in opinion on some subject, for instance, about a certain man’s com-plexion. Suppose I said he had black eyes, and you insisted that his eyes were hazel and we argued to convince each other. We are both certain we are right, but ours is the wisdom of opinion. We cannot agree, so we refer our differences to a person who decides that his eyes are black, so the one in error gives it up. In all this, no science or wisdom is displayed. Now suppose I am called to decide their con-troversy. They do not tell me the thing in dispute, but ask me to tell them what they are disputing about. I tell them they are disputing about Mr. A. How do you know, they ask. Because I see him here and the thing in question is his eyes. Turning to Mr. B, I say, You think he has black eyes and Mr. C thinks they are hazel, but I know you both are mistaken, for his eyes are blue. They are not bound to take my opinion as such because I say so; but if I tell them what they think, and they know that I have no knowledge of it through my natural senses, they believe. This belief was founded on my tell-ing them what they thought. This to them was stronger proof than they could give me, so they admitted it was a truth although it was still to them a mystery.
I will try to give a stronger proof that I knew more than they did and show that my power was wisdom. Their minds excited mine till I could see the man in question. His eyes were blue. I also saw another man with hazel eyes. The man with blue eyes was in har-mony with me, but the one with hazel eyes was not; neither was the man with black. As I convinced them of their wisdom, their error disappeared and at last there stood a man with blue eyes. Now to the world of opinion, this is a mystery or power, but to me it is wis-dom, just as much as it is to the clock-maker or musician. Let science be looked upon as a character and opinion as a character, and every man may be as these two principles. Then man can mea-sure himself by his own wisdom, but now he is weighed by the scale of public opinion which is not science. Every science that is ac-
 

knowledged is wisdom to those who understand it. Why should it be an impossibility that a person might see and feel another’s feel-ings? Is not this the case in every branch of wisdom? Does not the musician feel the discord of his pupil, and does not his wisdom cor-rect it? If the mind is not something that can be corrected, then there is no wisdom or science to be applied. Now man is a machine, acted upon by one of the powers, opinion or wisdom. The discord is made by a sensation on the mind. If the sensation is rightly directed, then the effect is harmless, but if not, then it embraces an opinion. For instance, take two persons. One knows the cry of murder; the sen-sation following it depends on the wisdom or error of those who hear it, for otherwise all would be affected alike by every sensation, for it contains the basis of wisdom or error. Now if error is aroused, discord and disease follow, but if wisdom feels or sees it, it amounts to nothing.

May 1861
 
 
 
 

The Use of Language
[orig. language]
 

Language is the invention of man to convey some idea of a natural substance that can be seen or described. It never entered the mind of the author of language to describe another’s thoughts, so that to describe to a person his own feelings by language which was never intended for that purpose must confuse the learned. Everyone knows that as man is developed himself, he becomes more sensitive to im-pressions. This makes him superior to the beasts. If man is ignorant of all the influences that act upon him, he is nothing but a subdued brute, but if his higher intellect is developed, it needs a language to explain it. Sickness is the result of the animal or natural man bind-ing burdens on the higher intelligence or scientific mind. The bur-dens are the opinions of the so-called wise, and language is for their
 

benefit. So the groans and griefs of the sick are heard by the well only as a murmur or unknown tongue.
Having given my attention to their lamentations, I know that they have a language not known by the learned or well, and this language I have been trying to develop that I may bring before the wise the grievances of the sick. So I am forced to use words that will con-vey the most correct idea of their feelings. This is difficult; some words convey life and yet do not mean anything. For instance, take the word mind. The ordinary definition of that word covers all the wisdom of the natural man. The word death means the annihilation of life. But as man developed himself, he discovered that there was something in him that never had been brought out, and this some-thing gave rise to speculative ideas. When phenomena occurred, the wise were confused. So superstition and reason were introduced to explain the phenomena. They must be explained by the language of the wise and that made confusion. This theory explains all these ideas by applying words to sensations that will convey to the sick that I take their feelings. When I tell them how they feel, I tell them it is in their mind. This of course they do not believe. So to make myself understood, I am obliged to illustrate by parables.
 
 
 
 

What Is a Clairvoyant Person?
 

It is a being conscious of his own existence as a living, thinking, seeing, intelligent creature. All this is not seen by the natural man. Then what is the natural man? He is the shadow of the clairvoyant; neither is conscious of the existence of both at the same time. Why do you speak of two when one is only a shadow? The clairvoyant is like a man who is just where he thinks he is. The natural man is governed by a belief. Reason does not enter into the combination of the clairvoyant for if he reasons, he is not clairvoyant. Where is
 

my consciousness? I am conscious of my senses in both states at the same time. I see the substance and shadow at the same time and change the former. I do not see my own shadow, but I see myself as I really am to myself and knowing that I am not as I ought to be, I change that knowledge by comparing myself to health till I feel it. Health is the standard by which we judge ourselves and just as a man deviates from this standard, he is in the dark and makes shadows. These shadows are the feelings of the sick and are called disease.

September 1861
 
 
 
 

True Wisdom
 

Let me give you an idea of true wisdom and how it acts on man. True wisdom is like heat. Now you know that heat in the soil of the earth brings forth vegetation. Vegetation is like ideas. Wisdom warms the heart of the mind or matter. This puts vegetation or thought in action so the mind brings forth food or ideas; these be-ing forced by the heat or activity of the soil, they grow like a tree, and the root or fibers take root in the soil or mind. As it grows, it derives its life from them and the mind being fed by the wisdom of the world, the tree takes up the particles it receives. The earth brings forth all creeping things, everything that has life as well as all dis-eases. They grow in the mind like a tree. For instance . . . [unfinished]
 
 

Origin of Political Parties
 

It is laughable to hear people talking about political parties and claiming to belong to this or that party, just as though parties never change their principles. This error arises from the fact that all par-ties spring up in opposition to some measure or ambition of a few politicians. They get up a false issue and talk about it till the people believe it; then a party is started and the people attach themselves to it without the slightest idea of the principles or whether there is any principle at all.
Let us go back to Washington. All parties claim Washington as the father of our coun.try. Why do they, when the opposition to Washington by the friends of Jefferson was so great that it was with difficulty Washington could be prevailed on to become a candidate the second time? Here commenced the two great political parties. The opposing party after Jefferson came in had no sympathy for Washington, but when Adams and Jefferson, Hamilton and Burr came up, then the Jeffersonians praised up Washington and denounced all others as Federalists. The country was in debt from the war, and Jefferson in reality was opposed to it, and the friends of Washington elected the elder Adams.
The war debt must be paid and a spirit of revolution in the coun-try was kept up by the opposers of Washington and Adams. All sorts of stories were circulated about the latter, and as a direct tax would be unpopular, the enemies of Adams elected Madison. Then came the war with England and parties split up, but finally all set-tled down on Monroe; so that at his second election there was no opposition. In all these changes, slavery was never mentioned. Its extinction was never advocated. But as there must be two great par-ties, they must have political food to live on.
When Jackson and Clay, Adams and Crawford came up, they were called Republicans; being in favor of the war, they were said to have brought it on. But be that as it may, the war was popular as all wars are after they are over, and these men being all of one
 

stripe, for all other stripes had faded out, a new era in political parties sprang up. Men had their preferences, some for Jackson and some for Clay, but as Clay gave his influence for Adams, Jackson was defeated, and Adams elected. Adams not making any changes for party preference displeased his friends and they left him, so the next election Jackson came in. Here is where the present dynasty commenced . It began with deception and lying politicians and ended with that traitor Buchanan.
As soon as Jackson came in, commenced the war, founded on the proverb, “To the victors belong the spoils.” The people identified their senses with the party, never looking to measures, and the Jack-son party took the name Democrat, while their opponents were called Federalists. Yet Jackson never varied one particle from Adams till Calhoun nullified when he put him down. The very next message recommended the reduction of duties on tea, and then the Democrats engrafted free trade and direct tax. This free trade was food for the people. It was sweet to the mouth, but bitter to the belly or purses. But as it never came, it worked well to keep up the steam. But when this died away, another element must be introduced to keep up the party or name and as the North and West were gain-ing, the democracy saw that they must lose political power so they must get up a false issue to split up the North and South.
The blacks could be made a wedge to drive between the two parties, but to do this it required a party so obnoxious to the Whig or Federal party that they would not unite. So the South starts up a party of fire-eaters, claiming that slavery, according to the Con-stitution, might spread all over the land. Another party in the South did not want to carry slavery into politics but leave it just as the state had made it and Congress must have nothing to do with it. This hypocrisy of the South inflamed the North and a set of men sprang up actuated by pure revenge for the wrongs heaped upon the honesty of the North. They appealed to the Whigs or Federal party for help, but as the Federal party never had anything to do with slavery, as a party they got no sympathy. This fretted them and the democracy saw this and hugged it like a twin brother’. So the Democratic party made a wedge of the abolitionists to split up the Federal party. This gave them the power and they have nourished a viper which has des-troyed the democratic party and it will before long establish the old
 

party of North and South, which always held that slavery was a state institution and the government never had any authority over it, out-side the states where it existed.

August 1861
 
 
 
 

What Is the Relation of God to Man?
 

What proof is there of a God according to the popular opinion of the day? Is there one single quality of wisdom in the God that man worships? Is not all the worship confined to an intellect far in-ferior to the natural man? And is not the true wisdom of justice, sympathy, love, good order and intelligence set aside or looked upon as a secondary thing? Are we not told that religion is something in-dependent of man? It is true there is a wisdom higher than the natural man. For the natural man is superstitious, bigoted, over-bearing, proud, vain, full of cunning deceit and all the passions of the beast. He is very religious under some circumstances: fear of death for instance; bold when there is no danger and only kept in check by fear. This is the religious man, but this is not the religion or wisdom of the wise. All religion is of man and the trouble lies not in the religion or belief, but in the separation of opinions from the truth.
I will not quarrel with any man’s religion or opinions, but only see if his religion or wisdom is of this world of opinions or of the wisdom of God or Science. I will try to separate these two religions and to do this, it is necessary to show to the religious man the ab-surdity of his religion. This cannot be done except by a knowledge of the religion that these vain men worship. They, being ignorant of the true wisdom, set up a standard of worship and bow down and
 

worship an unknown God or wisdom. Now this unknown God or wisdom is not in their worship at all. He is not in houses made with hands, nor in temples made of stone, nor is he in the field of battle directing the opinions of man. He requires no offering of silver or prayers and has no laws outside of wisdom. In fact he is no man’s God but the God of all who admit him.
I will now try to explain to the natural or superstitious man the living and true God whom he ignorantly worships. All admit this God is not a part of themselves nor is his kingdom of this world of opinions. But it is in the skies or clouds of their ignorance. They ad-mit that his coming must be in the clouds of their ignorance. They admit that his coming must be in the clouds, so of course he is not with them but is to come. The God of wisdom says, You need not look for him in the clouds of your ignorance nor in the foundations of your temples for he is near you, even in your own hearts. But you know him not and crucify him every day by your vain worship. Therefore I say, Repent of your vain worship and worship the true and living God that is not made in the image of man’s identity of matter but in wisdom that can be shown by his acts. I will give you the true God that I worship and thousands of others who know him not and yet are a God to themselves, who do not know that they worship any God, when they are the very children and heirs of God. But being strangers in the world of opinions, they are wandering alone in the world, like sheep without a shepherd, subject to this world of opinion.
Let man become aware of these two principles of truth, [one] based on mathematical fact and the other based on an opinion. Then he is ready to test the Gods to see whether they are from man’s opin-ions or wisdom. Each has its God and its world, but the natural man not knowing how to account for the phenomena that often occur makes to himself a God like himself. As the wisdom of truth progresses, it has no identity independent of Science. As it contains no superstition, it contains no religion, for it has no identity of God or man; it is either admitted as a science or one of the laws of this God of opinions. This the scientific man will not admit. So a warfare is kept up by the opinions of man trying to convince the scientific man that all his wisdom is from their God of opinions. This he will
 

not believe, so he is an infidel to the man of opinions. For he dis-believes in his God and knows it is the invention of heathen super-stition and has no wisdom above the natural man.
To which of these classes did Jesus belong? Let us examine the writings of the New Testament and see if they will give any light on the subject. Jesus called these two characters Law and Gospel. The law is the natural man or opinions. The true science or wisdom is the gospel; there was where he differed from the world. The new birth was to search into that Science that would destroy opinions, so he called upon all men everywhere to repent of their sins or be-lief and prove all things by Science. For their false science or beliefs had deceived the people and bound burdens on them that their mode of reasoning could not remove. So it was said that which the law or their opinions had failed to explain, this truth in the form of a science took upon itself that the errors might be explained. Opin-ions knew not this Science, so it was a stranger and they said, Cru-cify it. So they spit upon it, stoned it and finally made it so unpopular that it ran out. Then the men of opinions stole the body or truth, parted it among them and reported it was all a humbug. To this day, it is looked upon as a humbug by the Jews. So Christ’s wisdom lost its identity at the crucifixion of Jesus and has never been acknowledged by man’s opinion since.
False Christs have sprung up and deceived many and at this day all mankind are worshipping these false gods who can never take away the sins of their ignorance. But the true Christ or Science will come in the clouds of their ignorance. Every eye shall see him. He shall sit on the throne of wisdom and judge the world of opinions; then he will reward everyone according to his truth. There are some standing in the high places, who shall not see nor even believe till it comes. Then they will hide themselves in the rocks of their opin-ions and creep into their beliefs or dens to hide themselves from the great truth of scientific progression. Then Science will take a God to itself and man shall worship it day and night. There will be no darkness. For the light of wisdom will light up the dark dens of superstition. The evil or ignorance will be cast out and the truth will prevail. Then the truth will bind this old serpent, the opinions or devil, and chain him to the earth or superstition, so that he shall not
 

deceive the child of wisdom by his smooth tongue and false doctrines .

August 1861
 
 
 
 

Patriotism
 

Patriotism is the feeling which prompts man to respect the right of his fellow man, also his obligation to his country and to his God. Every man might say these are my sentiments, but as one opinion is as good as another, we must find a higher principle than opinion to try them by. Now what is that feeling that we call patriotism? This can only be proved by the same scale that all other truths are proved. A nation is nothing but a child; like any child, it contains its father and mother. The father is of the earth or opinions; the mother is the warmth or sympathy of the earth or opinion. Every person takes after his father or mother. George Washington was like his mother; therefore his life was attached to his country or mother. Opinion is the man, wisdom or science is the woman. As each man contains these two characters, to know who is a patriot is to know which rules in man, opinion or wisdom. Each rules its offspring according to its character.
The man rules his child by arbitrary power, the mother by love. Just so in a young nation. The opinion of man rules by arbitrary measures, the higher principle rules by wisdom. I will give the plat-forms of both. The nation like father and mother has offspring and the inhabitants of the United States are the offspring of the Repub-lic. It is necessary that some sort of an agreement must be entered into to unite the children who contain the wisdom of the mother and the opinions of the father. As a nation grows up, there must be some
 

kind of an organization, for all will acknowledge that the earth produces neither nation nor individuals. Therefore all nations are the offspring of other nations as men are the children of parents. So as a nation commences its growth, it respects its parents just as long as it thinks itself